Attached files

file filename
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - STAR GROUP, L.P.sgu-ex322_6.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - STAR GROUP, L.P.sgu-ex321_7.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - STAR GROUP, L.P.sgu-ex312_8.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - STAR GROUP, L.P.sgu-ex311_9.htm
EX-21 - EX-21 - STAR GROUP, L.P.sgu-ex21_10.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                       to                     

Commission File Number: 001-14129

 

STAR GROUP, L.P.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

06-1437793

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

9 West Broad Street, Suite 310, Stamford, Connecticut

 

06902

(Address of principal executive office)

 

(Zip Code)

(203) 328-7310

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Units

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common units held by non-affiliates on March 31, 2018 was approximately $467,138,000.

As of November 30, 2018, the registrant had 52,755,392 common units outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None

 


 

 

STAR GROUP, L.P.

2018 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

 

3

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

12

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

25

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

25

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings—Litigation

 

25

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant’s Units and Related Matters

 

27

Item 6.

 

Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data

 

28

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

31

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

52

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

52

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

53

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

53

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

54

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

58

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

70

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

71

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

74

 

2


PART I

Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Disclosure

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) includes “forward-looking statements” which represent our expectations or beliefs concerning future events that involve risks and uncertainties, including those associated with the effect of weather conditions on our financial performance, the price and supply of the products that we sell, the consumption patterns of our customers, our ability to obtain satisfactory gross profit margins, our ability to obtain new customers and retain existing customers, our ability to make strategic acquisitions, the impact of litigation, our ability to contract for our current and future supply needs, natural gas conversions, future union relations and the outcome of current and future union negotiations, the impact of current and future governmental regulations, including environmental, health, and safety regulations, the ability to attract and retain employees, customer credit worthiness, counterparty credit worthiness, marketing plans, potential cyber-attacks, general economic conditions and new technology. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this Report including, without limitation, the statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere herein, are forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “seek,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct and actual results may differ materially from those projected as a result of certain risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those set forth in this Report under the heading “Risk Factors” and “Business Strategy.” Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations (“Cautionary Statements”) are disclosed in this Report. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the Cautionary Statements. Unless otherwise required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Report.

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Structure

Star Group, L.P. (“Star” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a home heating oil and propane distributor and services provider with one reportable operating segment that principally provides heating related services to residential and commercial customers. At a special meeting of unitholders held on October 25, 2017, our unitholders voted in favor of proposals to have the Company elect to be treated as a corporation, instead of a partnership, for federal income tax purposes (commonly referred to as a “check-the-box election”), along with amendments to our partnership agreement to effect such changes in income tax classification, in each case effective November 1, 2017. In addition, the Company changed its name, effective October 25, 2017, from “Star Gas Partners, L.P.” to “Star Group, L.P.” to more closely align our name with the scope of our product and service offerings. For tax years after December 31, 2017, unitholders will receive a Form 1099-DIV and will not receive a Schedule K-1 as in previous tax years. Our legal structure will remain a Delaware limited partnership and the distribution provisions under our limited partnership agreement, including the incentive distribution structure will remain unchanged. As of November 30, 2018, we had outstanding 52.8 million common partner units (NYSE: “SGU”) representing a 99.4% limited partner interest in Star, and 0.3 million general partner units, representing a 0.6% general partner interest in Star.

3


The following chart depicts the ownership of Star as of November 30, 2018:

 

Star is organized as follows:

 

Our general partner is Kestrel Heat, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Kestrel Heat” or the “general partner”). The Board of Directors of Kestrel Heat (the “Board”) is appointed by its sole member, Kestrel Energy Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Kestrel”).

 

Our operations are conducted through Petro Holdings, Inc., a Minnesota corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of Star Acquisitions, Inc., and its subsidiaries.

 

Petroleum Heat and Power Co., Inc. (“PH&P”) is a 100% owned subsidiary of Star. PH&P is the borrower and Star is a guarantor of the fourth amended and restated credit agreement’s $100 million five-year senior secured term loan and the $300 million ($450 million during the heating season of December through April of each year) revolving credit facility, both due July 2, 2023. (See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — Long-Term Debt and Bank Facility Borrowings)

We file annual, quarterly, current and other reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. These filings can be viewed and downloaded from the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, these SEC filings are available at no cost as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof on our website at www.stargrouplp.com/sec.cfm. You may also obtain copies of these filings and other information at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange located at 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005. Please note that any Internet addresses provided in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are for informational purposes only and are not intended to be hyperlinks. Accordingly, no information found and/or provided at such Internet addresses is intended or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

4


Legal Structure

The following chart summarizes our structure as of September 30, 2018.

 

Business Overview

We are a home heating oil and propane distributor and service provider to residential and commercial customers who heat their homes and buildings in the Northeast, Central and Southeast U.S. regions. Our customers are concentrated in the northern and eastern states. As of September 30, 2018, we sold home heating oil and propane to approximately 454,000 full service residential and commercial customers. We believe we are the largest retail distributor of home heating oil in the United States, based upon sales volume with a market share in excess of 5.5%. We also sell home heating oil, gasoline and diesel fuel to approximately 76,000 customers on a delivery only basis. We install, maintain, and repair heating and air conditioning equipment and to a lesser extent provide these services outside our heating oil and propane customer base including 16,000 service contracts for natural gas and other heating systems. In addition, we provide plumbing to approximately 23,000 customers, many of whom are also existing home heating oil and propane customers. During fiscal 2018, total sales were comprised approximately 65% from sales of home heating oil and propane, 19% from the sale of other petroleum products, and 16% from the installation and repair of heating and air conditioning equipment and ancillary services. We provide home heating equipment repair service and natural gas service 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 52 weeks a year. These services are an integral part of our business, and are intended to maximize customer satisfaction and loyalty.

We conduct our business through an operating subsidiary, Petro Holdings, Inc., utilizing multiple local brand names, such as Petro Home Services, Meenan, and Griffith Energy Services, Inc.

We also offer several pricing alternatives to our residential home heating oil customers, including a variable price (market based) option and a price-protected option, the latter of which either sets the maximum price or a fixed price that a customer will pay. Users choose the plan they feel best suits them which we believe increases customer satisfaction. Approximately 96% of our full service residential and commercial home heating oil customers automatically receive deliveries based on prevailing weather conditions. In addition, approximately 34% of our residential customers take advantage of our “smart pay” budget payment plan under which their estimated annual oil and propane deliveries and service billings are paid for in a series of equal monthly installments. We use derivative instruments as needed to mitigate our exposure to market risk associated with our price-protected offerings and the storing of our physical home heating oil inventory. Given our size, we are able to realize certain benefits of scale and provide consistent, strong customer service.

5


Currently, we have heating oil and/or propane customers in the following states, regions and counties:

New Hampshire

 

Michigan

 

New York

 

New Jersey

 

North Carolina

Hillsborough

 

Genesee

 

Albany

 

Atlantic

 

Anson

Merrimack

 

Lapeer

 

Bronx

 

Bergen

 

Caburras

Rockingham

 

Macomb

 

Columbia

 

Burlington

 

Davidson

Strafford

 

Oakland

 

Dutchess

 

Camden

 

Forsyth

 

 

Sanilac

 

Fulton

 

Cape May

 

Gaston

Vermont

 

St. Clair

 

Greene

 

Cumberland

 

Guilford

Bennington

 

Tuscola

 

Kings

 

Essex

 

Lincoln

 

 

Wayne

 

Montgomery

 

Gloucester

 

Mecklenburg

Massachusetts

 

 

 

Nassau

 

Hudson

 

Montgomery

Barnstable

 

Maryland

 

New York

 

Hunterdon

 

Randolph

Bristol

 

Anne Arundel

 

Orange

 

Mercer

 

Richmond

Essex

 

Baltimore

 

Putnam

 

Middlesex

 

Rowan

Hampden

 

Calvert

 

Queens

 

Monmouth

 

Stanly

Middlesex

 

Caroline

 

Rensselaer

 

Morris

 

Union

Norfolk

 

Carroll

 

Richmond

 

Ocean

 

 

Plymouth

 

Cecil

 

Rockland

 

Passaic

 

Georgia

Suffolk

 

Charles

 

Saratoga

 

Salem

 

Banks

Worcester

 

Dorchester

 

Schenectady

 

Somerset

 

Cherokee

 

 

Frederick

 

Schoharie

 

Sussex

 

Dawson

Rhode Island

 

Harford

 

Suffolk

 

Union

 

Fannin

Bristol

 

Howard

 

Sullivan

 

Warren

 

Franklin

Kent

 

Kent

 

Ulster

 

 

 

Forsyth

Newport

 

Montgomery

 

Warren

 

Pennsylvania

 

Habersham

Providence

 

Prince George’s

 

Washington

 

Adams

 

Hall

Washington

 

Queen Anne

 

Westchester

 

Berks

 

Jefferson

 

 

St. Mary’s

 

 

 

Bucks

 

Lumpkin

Connecticut

 

Talbot

 

Maine

 

Chester

 

Murray

Fairfield

 

Washington

 

York

 

Cumberland

 

Rabun

Hartford

 

Wicomico

 

 

 

Dauphin

 

Stephens

Litchfield

 

Worcester

 

South Carolina

 

Delaware

 

Towns

Middlesex

 

 

 

Bamberg

 

Franklin

 

White

New Haven

 

West Virginia

 

Calhoun

 

Fulton

 

Whitfield

New London

 

Berkeley

 

Chester

 

Lancaster

 

 

Tolland

 

Jefferson

 

Dorchester

 

Lebanon

 

Virginia

Windham

 

Morgan

 

Fairfield

 

Lehigh

 

Arlington

 

 

 

 

Kershaw

 

Monroe

 

Clarke

Washington, D.C.

 

Tennessee

 

Lexington

 

Montgomery

 

Culpepper

District of Columbia

 

Bradley

 

Newberry

 

Northampton

 

Fairfax

 

 

Hamilton

 

Oconec

 

Perry

 

Frederick

Delaware

 

McMinn

 

Orangeburg

 

Philadelphia

 

Fauquier

Kent

 

Meigs

 

Saluda

 

Schuylkill

 

Loudoun

New Castle

 

Polk

 

Sumter

 

York

 

Prince William

Sussex

 

 

 

York

 

 

 

Stafford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warren

 

Industry Characteristics

Home heating oil is primarily used as a source of fuel to heat residences and businesses in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions. According to the U.S. Department of Energy—Energy Information Administration, Residential Energy Consumption Survey (last updated May 2018), these regions account for 83% (4.8 million of 5.8

6


million) of the households in the United States where heating oil is the main space-heating fuel and 23% (4.7 million of 20.4 million) of the homes in these regions use home heating oil as their main space-heating fuel. Our experience has been that customers have a tendency to increase their conservation efforts as the price of home heating oil increases, thereby reducing their consumption.

The retail home heating oil industry is mature, with total market demand expected to decline in the foreseeable future due to conversions to natural gas, availability of other alternative energy sources and the installations of more fuel efficient heating systems. Therefore, our ability to maintain our business or grow within the industry is dependent on the acquisition of other retail distributors, the success of our marketing programs, and the growth of our other service offerings. Based on our records, our customer conversions to natural gas have ranged between 1.2% and 2.2% per year over the last five years. We believe this may continue or increase as natural gas has become less expensive than home heating oil on an equivalent BTU basis. In addition, there are legislative and regulatory efforts underway in several states seeking to encourage homeowners to expand the use of natural gas as a heating fuel.

The retail home heating oil industry is highly fragmented, characterized by a large number of relatively small, independently owned and operated local distributors. Some dealers provide full service, as we do, and others offer delivery only on a cash-on-delivery basis, which we also do to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, the industry is complex and costly due to regulations, working capital requirements, and the costs and risks of hedging for price protected customers.

Propane is a by-product of natural gas processing and petroleum refining. Propane use falls into three broad categories: residential and commercial applications; industrial applications; and agricultural uses. In the residential and commercial markets, propane is used primarily for space heating, water heating, clothes drying and cooking. Industrial customers use propane generally as a motor fuel to power over-the-road vehicles, forklifts and stationary engines, to fire furnaces, as a cutting gas and in other process applications. In the agricultural market, propane is primarily used for tobacco curing, crop drying, poultry breeding and weed control.

The retail propane distribution industry is highly competitive, and is generally serviced by large multi-state full-service distributors and small local independent distributors. Like the home heating oil industry, each retail propane distribution provider operates in its own competitive environment because propane distributors typically reside in close proximity to their customers. In most retail propane distribution markets, customers can choose from multiple distributors based on the quality of customer service, safety, reputation and price.

It is common practice in our business to price our liquid products to customers based on a per gallon margin over wholesale costs. As a result, we believe distributors such as ourselves generally seek to maintain their per gallon margins by passing wholesale price increases through to customers, thus insulating their margins from the volatility in wholesale prices. However, distributors may be unable or unwilling to pass the entire product cost increases through to customers. In these cases, significant decreases in per gallon margins may result. The timing of cost pass-throughs can also significantly affect margins. (See Customers and Pricing for a discussion on our offerings).

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to increase Adjusted EBITDA (See Item 6. Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data for a definition and history) and cash flow by effectively managing operations while growing and retaining our customer base as a retail distributor of home heating oil and propane and provider of related products and services. The key elements of this strategy include the following:

Pursue select acquisitions Our senior management team has developed expertise in identifying acquisition opportunities and integrating acquired customers into our operations. We focus on acquiring profitable companies within and outside our current footprint.

We actively pursue home heating oil only companies, propane companies, dual fuel (home heating oil and propane) companies and selectively target motor fuels acquisitions, especially where they are operating in the markets we currently serve. The focus for our acquisitions is both within our current footprint, as well as outside of such areas if the target company is of adequate size to sustain profitability as a stand-alone operation. We have used this strategy to expand into several states over the past five years.

7


Deliver superior customer service We are dedicated to consistently providing our customers with superior service and a positive customer experience to improve retention and drive additional revenue. We have established a Customer Experience Platform and Voice of the Customer (VOC) Program to effectively measure customer satisfaction at certain brands.

VOC refers to a process (or program) designed to capture customers’ preferences and opinions of the service we deliver. The heart of the VOC program is based on transactional surveys with real-time results. We analyze customer input to gain business insights and share this information internally to create meaningful change throughout the company and improve overall customer satisfaction.

We have deployed Salesforce.com, a customer relationship management solution, at most of our larger brands. This will allow us to provide a more consistent customer experience as our employees will have a 360 degree-view of each customer with easy access to key customer information and customized dashboards to track individual employee performance.

We have resources dedicated to training employees to provide superior and consistent service and enhance the customer experience. We also have a technical training committee to ensure that our field personnel are properly educated in using the latest technology in a safe and efficient manner. This effort is supported, reinforced and monitored by our local management teams.

Diversification of product and service offerings In addition to expanding our propane operations, we are focused on expanding our suite of rationally related products and services. These offerings include, but are not limited to, the sales, service and installation of heating and air conditioning equipment, plumbing services, and standby home generators. In addition, we also repair and install natural gas heating systems. We place significant emphasis on growing a solid, credit-worthy customer base with a focus on recurring revenue in the form of annual service agreements.  

We have begun to offer a subscription-based, personal home concierge service to customers in certain of our geographic locations. This program may be expanded to our entire geographic foot print and to customers for which we currently do not provide any services. The Company is monitoring the expense levels associated with the roll out of the concierge program to determine that the revenues generated from the program justify the additional costs.

Geographic expansion We utilize census-based demographic data as well as local field expertise to target areas contiguous to our geographic footprint for organic expansion in a strategic manner. We then operate in such areas using a combination of existing logistical resources and personnel and, if warranted by the business demands or opportunity, adding locations.

We grow the business utilizing advertising and marketing initiatives to expand our presence while building an effective marketing database of prospects and customers.

Seasonality

Our fiscal year ends on September 30. All references to quarters and years respectively in this document are to fiscal quarters and years unless otherwise noted. The seasonal nature of our business results in the sale of approximately 30% of our volume of home heating oil and propane in the first fiscal quarter and 50% of our volume in the second fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, the peak heating season. Approximately 25% of our volume of other petroleum products is sold in each of the four fiscal quarters. We generally realize net income in our first and second fiscal quarters and net losses during our third and fourth fiscal quarters and we expect that the negative impact of seasonality on our third and fourth fiscal quarter operating results will continue. In addition, sales volume typically fluctuates from year to year in response to variations in weather, wholesale energy prices and other factors.

Degree Day

A “degree day” is an industry measurement of temperature designed to evaluate energy demand and consumption. Degree days are based on how far the average daily temperature departs from 65°F. Each degree of temperature above 65°F is counted as one cooling degree day, and each degree of temperature below 65°F is counted as one heating degree day. Degree days are accumulated each day over the course of a year and can be compared to a monthly or a multi-year average to see if a month or a year was warmer or cooler than usual. Degree days are officially observed by the National Weather Service.

8


Every ten years, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”) computes and publishes average meteorological quantities, including the average temperature for the last 30 years by geographical location, and the corresponding degree days. The latest and most widely used data covers the years from 1981 to 2010. Our calculations of normal weather are based on these published 30 year averages for heating degree days, weighted by volume for the locations where we have existing operations.

Competition

Most of our operating locations compete with numerous distributors, primarily on the basis of price, reliability of service and response to customer needs. Each such location operates in its own competitive environment.

We compete with distributors offering a broad range of services and prices, from full-service distributors, such as ourselves, to those offering delivery only. As do many companies in our business, we provide home heating and propane equipment repair service on a 24-hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week, 52 weeks a year basis. We believe that this level of service tends to help build customer loyalty. In some instances homeowners have formed buying cooperatives that seek a lower price than individual customers are otherwise able to obtain. Our business competes for retail customers with suppliers of alternative energy products, principally natural gas, propane (in the case of our home heating oil operations) and electricity.

Customer Attrition

We measure net customer attrition for our full service residential and commercial home heating oil and propane customers. Net customer attrition is the difference between gross customer losses and customers added through marketing efforts. Customers added through acquisitions are not included in the calculation of gross customer gains. However, additional customers that are obtained through marketing efforts at newly acquired businesses are included in these calculations. Customer attrition percentage calculations include customers added through acquisitions in the denominators of the calculations on a weighted average basis. Gross customer losses are the result of a number of factors, including price competition, move outs, credit losses and conversions to natural gas. (See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Customer Attrition.)

Customers and Pricing

Home heating oil comprises 84% of our product customer base, with 12% devoted to propane and 4% devoted to other petroleum products. (During fiscal 2018 we sold 357.2 million gallons of home heating oil and propane and 138.3 million gallons of other petroleum products.)

Our full service home heating oil customer base is comprised of 96% residential customers and 4% commercial customers. Approximately 96% of our full service residential and commercial home heating oil customers have their deliveries scheduled automatically and 4% of our home heating oil customer base call from time to time to schedule a delivery. Automatic deliveries are scheduled based on each customer’s historical consumption pattern and prevailing weather conditions. Our practice is to bill customers promptly after delivery. We offer a balanced payment plan to residential customers in which a customer’s estimated annual oil purchases and service contract fees are paid for in a series of equal monthly payments. Approximately 34% of our residential home heating oil customers have selected this billing option.

We offer several pricing alternatives to our residential home heating oil customers. Our variable pricing program allows the price to float with the heating oil market and other factors. In addition, we offer price-protected programs, which establish either a ceiling or a fixed price per gallon that the customer pays over a defined period. The following chart depicts the percentage of the pricing plans selected by our residential home heating oil customers as of the end of the fiscal year.

9


 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Variable

 

 

55.2

%

 

 

52.6

%

 

 

53.2

%

 

 

51.4

%

 

 

53.5

%

Ceiling

 

 

36.9

%

 

 

37.1

%

 

 

40.8

%

 

 

43.9

%

 

 

40.8

%

Fixed

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

10.3

%

(a)

 

6.0

%

 

 

4.7

%

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

(a)

Approximately 2% of the increase in the percentage of accounts under fixed contracts is attributable to fiscal 2017 acquisitions.

Sales to residential customers ordinarily generate higher per gallon margins than sales to commercial customers. Due to greater price sensitivity, our own internal marketing efforts, and hedging costs of residential price-protected customers, the per gallon margins realized from price-protected customers generally are less than from variable priced residential customers.

The propane customer base has a similar profile of heating oil residential and commercial customers. Pricing plans chosen by propane customers are almost exclusively variable in nature where selling prices will float with the propane market and other commercial factors.  

The smallest portion of our customer base is devoted to other petroleum products. This customer group includes commercial and industrial customers of unbranded gasoline, diesel, kerosene and related distillate products.  We sell products to these customers through contracts of various terms or through a competitive bidding process.  

Derivatives

We use derivative instruments in order to mitigate our exposure to market risk associated with the purchase of home heating oil for our price-protected customers, physical inventory on hand, inventory in transit, priced purchase commitments, and the variable interest rate on our term loan. Currently, the Company’s derivative instruments are with the following counterparties: Bank of America, N.A., Bank of Montreal, Cargill, Inc., Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Key Bank, N.A., Regions Financial Corporation, Toronto-Dominion Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-10-05, Derivatives and Hedging, requires that derivative instruments be recorded at fair value and included in the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities. To the extent our interest rate derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are effective, as defined under this guidance, changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. We have elected not to designate our commodity derivative instruments as hedging instruments under this guidance, and as a result, the changes in fair value of the derivative instruments during the holding period are recognized in our statement of operations. Therefore, we experience volatility in earnings as outstanding derivative instruments are marked to market and non-cash gains and losses are recorded prior to the sale of the commodity to the customer. The volatility in any given period related to unrealized non-cash gains or losses on derivative instruments can be significant to our overall results. However, we ultimately expect those gains and losses to be offset by the cost of product when purchased. Depending on the risk being hedged, realized gains and losses are recorded in cost of product, cost of installations and services, or delivery and branch expenses.

Suppliers and Supply Arrangements

We purchase our product for delivery in either barge, pipeline or truckload quantities, and as of September 30, 2018, had contracts with approximately 109 third-party terminal sites for the right to temporarily store petroleum products at their facilities. Home heating oil and propane purchases are made under supply contracts or on the spot market. We have entered into market price based contracts for approximately 80% of our expected home heating oil and propane requirements for the fiscal 2019 heating season. We also have market price based contracts for approximately 29% of our expected diesel and gasoline requirements for fiscal 2019.

10


During fiscal 2018, Global Companies LLC provided approximately 8.4% of our petroleum product purchases. No other single supplier provided more than 8% of our product supply during fiscal 2018. Supply contracts typically have terms of 6 to 12 months. All of the supply contracts provide for minimum quantities and in most cases do not establish in advance the price of home heating oil or propane. This price is based upon a published market index price at the time of delivery or pricing date plus an agreed upon differential. We believe that our policy of contracting for the majority of our anticipated supply needs with diverse and reliable sources will enable us to obtain sufficient product should unforeseen shortages develop in worldwide supplies.

Home Heating Oil Price Volatility

Volatility, which is reflected in the wholesale price of home heating oil, has a larger impact on our business when prices rise, as consumer price sensitivity to heating costs increases, often leading to increased gross customer losses. As a commodity, the price of home heating oil is generally impacted by many factors, including economic and geopolitical forces. The price of home heating oil is closely linked to the price refiners pay for crude oil, which is the principal cost component of home heating oil. The volatility in the wholesale cost of home heating oil, as measured by the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”), for the fiscal years ending September 30, 2014, through 2018, on a quarterly basis, is illustrated in the following chart (price per gallon):

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31

 

$

1.74

 

 

$

2.08

 

 

$

1.39

 

 

$

1.70

 

 

$

1.08

 

 

$

1.61

 

 

$

1.85

 

 

$

2.66

 

 

$

2.84

 

 

$

3.12

 

March 31

 

 

1.84

 

 

 

2.14

 

 

 

1.49

 

 

 

1.70

 

 

 

0.87

 

 

 

1.26

 

 

 

1.62

 

 

 

2.30

 

 

 

2.89

 

 

 

3.28

 

June 30

 

 

1.96

 

 

 

2.29

 

 

 

1.37

 

 

 

1.65

 

 

 

1.08

 

 

 

1.57

 

 

 

1.68

 

 

 

2.02

 

 

 

2.85

 

 

 

3.05

 

September 30

 

 

2.05

 

 

 

2.35

 

 

 

1.45

 

 

 

1.86

 

 

 

1.26

 

 

 

1.53

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

 

1.84

 

 

 

2.65

 

 

 

2.98

 

 

On November 30, 2018, the NYMEX ultra low sulfur diesel contract closed at $1.85 per gallon or $0.20 per gallon lower than the average of $2.05 in Fiscal 2018.

Acquisitions

Part of our business strategy is to pursue select acquisitions.

During fiscal 2018, the Company acquired five home heating oil dealers and a motor fuel dealer with a total of 16,950 home heating oil and propane accounts for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.2 million; comprised of $23.7 million in cash and $1.5 million of deferred liabilities. The gross purchase price was allocated $15.3 million to intangible assets, $7.5 million to fixed assets and $2.4 million to working capital. Each acquired company’s operating results are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements starting on its acquisition date. Customer lists, other intangibles and trade names are amortized on a straight-line basis over seven to twenty years.

During fiscal 2017, the Company acquired four home heating oil dealers, two propane dealers and a plumbing service provider with a total of 28,300 home heating oil and propane accounts for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $44.8 million; comprised of $43.3 million in cash and $1.5 million of deferred liabilities (including $0.6 million of contingent consideration). The gross purchase price was allocated $37.5 million to intangible assets, $10.2 million to fixed assets and reduced by $2.9 million in working capital credits. Each acquired company’s operating results are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements starting on its acquisition date. Customer lists, other intangibles and trade names are amortized on a straight-line basis over seven to twenty years.

During fiscal 2016, we acquired a heating oil dealer, a motor fuel dealer, and two propane dealers with a total of 3,300 home heating oil and propane accounts for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $9.8 million. The gross purchase price was allocated $7.4 million to intangible assets, $2.5 million to fixed assets and reduced by $0.1 million for working capital credits.

11


Employees

As of September 30, 2018, we had 3,403 employees, of whom 927 were office, clerical and customer service personnel; 915 were equipment technicians; 542 were fuel delivery drivers and mechanics; 642 were management and 377 were employed in sales. Of these employees 1,463 (43%) are represented by 57 different collective bargaining agreements with local chapters of labor unions. Due to the seasonal nature of our business and depending on the demands of the 2019 heating season, we anticipate that we will augment our current staffing levels during the heating season from among the 380 employees on temporary leave of absence as of September 30, 2018. There are 13 collective bargaining agreements up for renewal in fiscal 2019, covering approximately 310 employees (9%). We believe that our relations with both our union and non-union employees are generally satisfactory.

Government Regulations

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Generally, these laws impose limitations on the discharge or emission of pollutants and establish standards for the handling of solid and hazardous wastes. These laws include the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act, the Clean Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act, and comparable state statutes. CERCLA, also known as the “Superfund” law, imposes joint and several liabilities without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct on certain classes of persons that are considered to have contributed to the release or threatened release of a hazardous substance into the environment. Products stored and/or delivered by us and certain automotive waste products generated by our fleet are hazardous substances within the meaning of CERCLA or otherwise subject to investigation and cleanup under other environmental laws and regulations. While we are currently not involved with any material CERCLA claims, and we have implemented programs and policies designed to address potential liabilities and costs under applicable environmental laws and regulations, failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in civil or criminal penalties or injunctive relief in cases of non-compliance or impose liability for remediation costs.

We have incurred and continue to incur costs to address soil and groundwater contamination at some of our locations, including legacy contamination at properties that we have acquired. A number of our properties are currently undergoing remediation, in some instances funded by prior owners or operators contractually obligated to do so. To date, no material issues have arisen with respect to such prior owners or operators addressing such remediation, although there is no assurance that this will continue to be the case. In addition, we have been subject to proceedings by regulatory authorities for alleged violations of environmental and safety laws and regulations. We do not expect any of these liabilities or proceedings of which we are aware to result in material costs to, or disruptions of, our business or operations.

Transportation of our products by truck are subject to regulations promulgated under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Act. These regulations cover the transportation of hazardous materials and are administered by the United States Department of Transportation or similar state agencies. Several of our oil terminals are governed under the United States Coast Guard operations Oversite, Federal OPA 90 FRP programs and Federal Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure programs. All of our propane bulk terminals are governed under Homeland Security Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards programs. We conduct ongoing training programs to help ensure that our operations are in compliance with applicable regulations. We maintain various permits that are necessary to operate some of our facilities, some of which may be material to our operations.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the risk factors discussed below, as well as all other information, as an investment in the Company involves a high degree of risk. We are subject to certain risks and hazards due to the nature of the business activities we conduct. The risks discussed below, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations, could result in a partial or total loss of your investment, and are not the only risks we face. We may experience additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or, as a result of developments occurring in the future, conditions that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

12


Our operating results will be adversely affected if we continue to experience significant net customer attrition in our home heating oil and propane customer base.

The following table depicts our gross customer gains, gross customer losses and net customer attrition from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2018. Net customer attrition is the difference between gross customer losses and customers added through marketing efforts. Customers added through acquisitions are not included in the calculation of gross customer gains. However, additional customer gains that are obtained through marketing efforts and losses at newly acquired businesses are included in these calculations from the point of closing going forward. Customer attrition percentage calculations include customers added through acquisitions in the denominators of the calculations on a weighted average basis from the closing date.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Gross customer gains

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

13.1

%

 

 

12.1

%

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

16.0

%

Gross customer losses

 

 

16.4

%

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

17.2

%

 

 

16.4

%

 

 

16.9

%

Net attrition

 

 

(3.2

%)

 

 

(1.5

%)

 

 

(5.1

%)

 

 

(1.8

%)

 

 

(0.9

%)

 

The gain of a new customer does not fully compensate for the loss of an existing customer because of the expenses incurred during the first year to add a new customer. Typically, the per gallon margin realized from a new account added is less than the margin of a customer that switches to another provider. Customer losses are the result of various factors, including but not limited to:

 

price competition;

 

customer relocations and home sales/foreclosures;

 

conversions to natural gas;

 

credit worthiness; and

 

service disruptions.

The continuing volatility in the energy markets can intensify price competition and add to our difficulty in reducing net customer attrition. Warmer than normal weather can also contribute to an increase in attrition as customers perceive less need for a full service provider like ourselves.

If we are not able to reduce the current level of net customer attrition or if such level should increase, attrition will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and cash available for distributions to unitholders. For additional information about customer attrition, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Customer Attrition.”

Because of the highly competitive nature of our business, we may not be able to retain existing customers or acquire new customers, which would have an adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business is subject to substantial competition. Most of our operating locations compete with numerous distributors, primarily on the basis of price, reliability of service and responsiveness to customer service needs. Each operating location operates in its own competitive environment.

We compete with distributors offering a broad range of services and prices, from full-service distributors, such as ourselves, to those offering delivery only. As do many companies in our business, we provide home heating equipment repair service on a 24-hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week, 52 weeks a year basis. We believe that this tends to build customer loyalty. In some instances homeowners have formed buying cooperatives that seek to purchase home heating oil from distributors at a price lower than individual customers are otherwise able to obtain. We also compete for retail customers with suppliers of alternative energy products, principally natural gas, propane (in the case of our home heating oil operations) and electricity. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may lose existing customers and/or fail to acquire new customers, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

13


Our operating results will be adversely affected if we experience significant net customer attrition from natural gas conversions

Based on data in the 2010 United States Census, from 2000 to 2010 it appears that heating oil customer conversions to natural gas in the states where we do business averaged from under 1% to over 3% per year.

The following table depicts our estimated customer losses to natural gas conversions for the last five fiscal years. Losses to natural gas in our footprint for the home heating oil industry could be greater or less than our estimates. We believe conversions will continue as natural gas has become less expensive than home heating oil on an equivalent BTU basis. In addition, certain states encourage homeowners to expand the use of natural gas as a heating fuel through legislation and regulatory efforts.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Customer losses to natural gas conversion

 

 

(1.3

)%

 

 

(1.2

)%

 

 

(1.3

)%

 

 

(1.6

)%

 

 

(2.2

)%

 

In addition to our direct customer losses to natural gas competition, any conversion to natural gas by a heating oil consumer in our geographic footprint reduces the pool of available customers from which we can gain new heating oil customers, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Energy efficiency and new technology may reduce the demand for our products and adversely affect our operating results.

Increased conservation and technological advances, including installation of improved insulation and the development of more efficient furnaces and other heating devices, have adversely affected the demand for our products by retail customers. Future conservation measures or technological advances in heating, conservation, energy generation or other devices might reduce demand and adversely affect our operating results.

If we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth will be limited.

Generally, heating oil and propane are alternative energy sources to new housing construction, because natural gas is usually selected when natural gas infrastructure exists. In certain geographies, utilities are building out their natural gas infrastructure. As such, our industry is not a growth industry. Accordingly, future growth will depend on our ability to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms. We cannot assure that we will be able to identify attractive acquisition candidates in our sector in the future or that we will be able to acquire businesses on economically acceptable terms.  Adverse operating and financial results may limit our access to capital and adversely affect our ability to make acquisitions. Under the terms of our fourth amended and restated credit agreement that we sometimes refer to in this Form 10-K filing as our fourth amended and restated credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”), we are restricted from making any individual acquisition in excess of $25.0 million without the lenders’ approval. In addition, to make an acquisition, we are required to have Availability (as defined in our Credit Agreement) of at least $40.0 million, on a historical pro forma and forward-looking basis. Furthermore, as long as the bank term loan is outstanding, we must be in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio (as defined in our Credit Agreement). These covenant restrictions may limit our ability to make acquisitions. Any acquisition may involve potential risks to us and ultimately to our unitholders, including:

 

an increase in our indebtedness;

 

an increase in our working capital requirements;

 

an inability to integrate the operations of the acquired business;

 

an inability to successfully expand our operations into new territories;

 

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

an excess of customer loss from the acquired business;

14


 

loss of key employees from the acquired business; and

 

the assumption of additional liabilities including environmental liabilities.

In addition, acquisitions may be dilutive to earnings and distributions to unitholders, and any additional debt incurred to finance acquisitions may, among other things, affect our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

Since weather conditions may adversely affect the demand for home heating oil and propane, our business, operating results and financial condition are vulnerable to warm winters.

Weather conditions in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions in which we operate have a significant impact on the demand for home heating oil and propane because our customers depend on this product principally for space heating purposes. As a result, weather conditions may materially adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. During the peak-heating season of October through March, sales of home heating oil and propane historically have represented approximately 80% of our annual volume. Actual weather conditions can vary substantially from year to year or from month to month, significantly affecting our financial performance. Warmer than normal temperatures in one or more regions in which we operate can significantly decrease the total volume we sell and the gross profit realized and, consequently, our results of operations.

To partially mitigate the adverse effect of warm weather on cash flows, we have used weather hedge contracts for a number of years. In general, such weather hedge contracts provide that we are entitled to receive a specific payment per heating degree-day shortfall, when the total number of heating degree-days in the hedge period is less than the ten year average. The “payment thresholds,” or strikes, are set at various levels. The hedge period runs from November 1, through March 31, of a fiscal year taken as a whole.

For fiscal year 2019, 2020, and 2021 we have weather hedge contracts with one provider. For each fiscal year the maximum that the Company can receive is $12.5 million and the maximum the Company may be obligated to pay is $5.0 million. However, there can be no assurance that such weather hedge contracts would fully or substantially offset the adverse effects of warmer weather on our business and operating results during such period or that colder weather will result in enough profit to offset a payment by the Company to its provider.

High product prices can lead to customer conservation and attrition, resulting in reduced demand for our products.

Prices for our products are subject to volatile fluctuations in response to changes in supply and other market conditions. During periods of high product costs our prices generally increase. High prices can lead to customer conservation and attrition, resulting in reduced demand for our products.

Increases in wholesale product costs may have adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

Increases in wholesale product costs may have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including the following:

 

customer conservation or attrition due to customers converting to lower cost heating products or suppliers;

 

reduced liquidity as a result of higher receivables, and/or inventory balances as we must fund a portion of any increase in receivables, inventory and hedging costs from our own resources, thereby tying up funds that would otherwise be available for other purposes;

 

higher bad debt expense and credit card processing costs as a result of higher selling prices;

 

higher interest expense as a result of increased working capital borrowing to finance higher receivables and/or inventory balances; and

 

higher vehicle fuel costs.

15


If increases in wholesale product costs cause our working capital requirements to exceed the amounts available under our revolving credit facility or should we fail to maintain the required availability or fixed charge coverage ratio, we would not have sufficient working capital to operate our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business requires a significant amount of working capital to finance inventory and accounts receivable generated during the heating season. Under our revolving credit facility, we may borrow up to $300 million, which increases to $450 million during the peak winter months from December through April of each fiscal year. We are obligated to meet certain financial covenants under our Credit Agreement, including the requirement to maintain at all times either excess availability (borrowing base less amounts borrowed and letters of credit issued) of 12.5% of the revolving credit commitment then in effect or a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in our Credit Agreement) of not less than 1.1. In addition, as long as our term loan is outstanding, our senior secured leverage ratio cannot at any time be more than 3.0 as calculated during the quarters ending June or September, and cannot at any time be more than 4.5 as calculated during the quarters ending December or March.

For certain of our supply contracts, we are required to establish the purchase price in advance of receiving the physical product. This occurs at the end of the month and is usually 20 days prior to receipt of the product. We use futures contracts or swaps to “short” the purchase commitment such that the commitment floats with the market. As a result, any upward movement in the market for home heating oil would reduce our liquidity, as we would be required to post additional cash collateral for a futures contract or our availability to borrow under our Credit Agreement would be reduced in the case of a swap.

At December 31, 2018, we expect to have approximately 24 million gallons of priced purchase commitments and physical inventory hedged with a futures contract or swap. If the wholesale price of heating oil increased $1 per gallon, our near term liquidity in December would be reduced by $24 million.

At September 30, 2018, we had approximately 129,000 customers, or 34% of our residential customer base, on the balanced payment plan in which a customer’s estimated annual oil purchases and service contract fees are paid for in a series of equal monthly payments. Increases in wholesale prices could reduce our liquidity if we failed to recalculate the balanced payments on a timely basis or if customers resist higher balanced payments. These customers could possibly owe us more in the future than we had budgeted. Generally, customer credit balances are at their low point after the end of the heating season and at their peak prior to the beginning of the heating season.

Our hedging strategy may adversely affect our liquidity.

We purchase synthetic call options from and enter into forward swaps with members of our lending group to manage market risk associated with our commitments to our customers, our physical inventory and fuel we use for our vehicles. These institutions have not required an initial cash margin deposit or any mark to market maintenance margin for these derivatives. Any mark to market exposure due to reductions in wholesale energy costs reduces our borrowing base and can thus reduce the amount available to us under our Credit Agreement. The highest mark to market reserve against our borrowing base for these derivative instruments with our lending group was $0, $7.8 million, and $25.2 million, during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 respectively.

We also purchase call options to hedge the price of the products to be sold to our price-protected customers which usually require us to pay an upfront cash payment. This reduces our liquidity, as we must pay for the option before any sales are made to the customer. We also purchase synthetic call options which require us to pay for these options as they expire.

Sudden and sharp oil price increases that cannot be passed on to customers may adversely affect our operating results.

Our industry is a “margin-based” business in which gross profit depends on the excess of sales prices per gallon over supply costs per gallon. Consequently, our profitability is sensitive to changes in the wholesale product cost caused by changes in supply or other market conditions. These factors are beyond our control and thus, when there are sudden and sharp increases in the wholesale cost of home heating oil, we may not be able to pass on these

16


increases to customers through increased retail sales prices. In an effort to retain existing accounts and attract new customers we may offer discounts, which will impact the net per gallon gross margin realized.

Significant declines in the wholesale price of home heating oil may cause price-protected customers to renegotiate or terminate their arrangements which may adversely impact our gross profit and operating results.

When the wholesale price of home heating oil declines significantly after a customer enters into a price protection arrangement, some customers attempt to renegotiate their arrangement in order to enter into a lower cost pricing plan with us or terminate their arrangement and switch to a competitor.  Under our current price-protected programs, approximately 36.9% and 7.9% of our residential customers are respectively categorized as being either ceiling or fixed.

A significant portion of our home heating oil volume is sold to price-protected customers (ceiling and fixed) and our gross margins could be adversely affected if we are not able to effectively hedge against fluctuations in the volume and cost of product sold to these customers.

A significant portion of our home heating oil volume is sold to individual customers under an arrangement pre-establishing the ceiling sales price or a fixed price of home heating oil over a fixed period. When the customer makes a purchase commitment for the next period we currently purchase option contracts, swaps and futures contracts for a substantial majority of the heating oil that we expect to sell to these price-protected customers. The amount of home heating oil volume that we hedge per price-protected customer is based upon the estimated fuel consumption per average customer, per month. If the actual usage exceeds the amount of the hedged volume on a monthly basis, we could be required to obtain additional volume at unfavorable margins. In addition, should actual usage in any month be less than the hedged volume, (including, for example, as a result of early terminations by fixed price customers) our hedging losses could be greater. Currently, we have elected not to designate our derivative instruments as hedging instruments under FASB ASC 815-10-05 Derivatives and Hedging, and the change in fair value of the derivative instruments is recognized in our statement of operations. Therefore, we experience volatility in earnings as these currently outstanding derivative contracts are marked to market and non-cash gains or losses are recorded in the statement of operations.

Our risk management policies cannot eliminate all commodity risk, basis risk, or the impact of adverse market conditions which can adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders. In addition, any noncompliance with our risk management policies could result in significant financial losses.

While our hedging policies are designed to minimize commodity risk, some degree of exposure to unforeseen fluctuations in market conditions remains. For example, we change our hedged position daily in response to movements in our inventory. Any difference between the estimated future sales from inventory and actual sales will create a mismatch between the amount of inventory and the hedges against that inventory, and thus change the commodity risk position that we are trying to maintain. Also, significant increases in the costs of the products we sell can materially increase our costs to carry inventory. We use our revolving credit facility as our primary source of financing to carry inventory and may be limited on the amounts we can borrow to carry inventory. Basis risk describes the inherent market price risk created when a commodity of certain grade or location is purchased, sold or exchanged as compared to a purchase, sale or exchange of a like commodity at a different time or place. Transportation costs and timing differentials are components of basis risk. For example, we use the NYMEX to hedge our commodity risk with respect to pricing of energy products traded on the NYMEX. Physical deliveries under NYMEX contracts are made in New York Harbor. To the extent we take deliveries in other ports, such as Boston Harbor, we may have basis risk. In a backward market (when prices for future deliveries are lower than current prices), basis risk is created with respect to timing. In these instances, physical inventory generally loses value as basis declines over time. Basis risk cannot be entirely eliminated, and basis exposure, particularly in backward or other adverse market conditions, can adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

We monitor processes and procedures to reduce the risk of unauthorized trading and to maintain substantial balance between purchases and sales or future delivery obligations. We can provide no assurance, however, that

17


these steps will detect and/or prevent all violations of such risk management policies and procedures, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved.

Failure to effectively estimate employer-sponsored health insurance premiums and incremental costs due to the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”) or other healthcare reform laws could materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In March 2010, the United States federal government enacted comprehensive health care reform legislation, which, among other things, includes guaranteed coverage requirements, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions and annual and lifetime maximum limits, restricts the extent to which policies can be rescinded, and imposes new taxes on health insurers, self-insured companies, and health care benefits. The legislation imposes implementation effective dates that began in 2010 and extend through 2020 with many of the changes requiring additional guidance from federal agencies and regulations. Possible adverse effects could include increased costs, exposure to expanded liability, and requirements for us to revise the ways in which healthcare and other benefits are provided to employees. Efforts to modify, repeal or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the ACA and/or adopt a replacement healthcare reform law may impact our employee healthcare costs. Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future.  The Trump administration and members of the U.S. Congress have indicated that they may continue to seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of the ACA.  Most recently, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts was enacted, which, among other things, removes penalties for not complying with the individual mandate to carry health insurance.  At this time, there is uncertainty concerning whether the ACA will be repealed or what requirements will be included in a new law, if enacted. Increased health care and insurance costs as well as other changes in federal or state workplace regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our obligation to fund multi-employer pension plans to which we contribute may have an adverse impact on us.

We participate in a number of multi-employer pension plans for current and former union employees covered under collective bargaining agreements. The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in that assets contributed are pooled and may be used to provide benefits to current and former employees of other participating employers. Several factors could require us to make significantly higher future contributions to these plans, including the funding status of the plan, unfavorable investment performance, insolvency or withdrawal of participating employers, changes in demographics and increased benefits to participants. Several of these multi-employer plans to which we contribute are underfunded, meaning that the value of such plans’ assets are less than the actuarial value of the plans’ benefit obligations.

We may be subject to additional liabilities imposed by law as a result of our participation in multi-employer defined benefit pension plans. Various Federal laws impose certain liabilities upon an employer who is a contributor to a multi-employer pension plan if the employer withdraws from the plan or the plan is terminated or experiences a mass withdrawal, potentially including an allocable share of the unfunded vested benefits in the plan for all plan participants, not just our retirees. Accordingly, we could be assessed our share of unfunded liabilities should we terminate participation in these plans, or should there be a mass withdrawal from these plans, or if the plans become insolvent or otherwise terminate.

While we currently have no intention of permanently terminating our participation in or otherwise withdrawing from any underfunded multi-employer pension plan, there can be no assurance that we will not be required to record material withdrawal liabilities or be required to make material cash contributions in the future to one or more underfunded plans, whether as a result of withdrawing from a plan, or of agreeing to any alternate funding option, or due to any of the other risks associated with being a participating employer in an underfunded plan. Any of these events could negatively impact our liquidity and financial results.

We rely on the continued solvency of our derivatives, insurance and weather hedge counterparties.

If counterparties to the derivative instruments that we use to hedge the cost of home heating oil sold to price-protected customers, physical inventory and our vehicle fuel costs were to fail, our liquidity, operating results and

18


financial condition could be materially adversely impacted, as we would be obligated to fulfill our operational requirement of purchasing, storing and selling home heating oil and vehicle fuel, while losing the mitigating benefits of economic hedges with a failed counterparty. If one of our insurance carriers were to fail, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely impacted, as we would have to fund any catastrophic loss. If our weather hedge counterparty were to fail, we would lose the protection of our weather hedge contract. Currently, we have outstanding derivative instruments with the following counterparties: Bank of America, N.A., Bank of Montreal, Cargill, Inc., Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Key Bank, N.A., Regions Financial Corporation, Toronto-Dominion Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A..  Our primary insurance carriers are American International Group, our captive insurance subsidiary, Woodbury Insurance Co., Inc., and our weather hedge counterparty which is a subsidiary of Sompo International.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations since the demand for home heating oil and propane is greater during the first and second fiscal quarter of our fiscal year, which is the peak heating season. The seasonal nature of our business has resulted on average in the last five years in the sale of approximately 30% of our volume of home heating oil and propane in the first fiscal quarter and 50% of our volume in the second fiscal quarter of each fiscal year. As a result, we generally realize net income in our first and second fiscal quarters and net losses during our third and fourth fiscal quarters and we expect that the negative impact of seasonality on our third and fourth fiscal quarter operating results will continue. Thus any material reduction in the profitability of the first and second quarters for any reason, including warmer than normal weather, generally cannot be made up by any significant profitability improvements in the results of the third and fourth quarters.

Economic conditions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Uncertainty about economic conditions poses a risk as our customers may reduce or postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on the demand for our equipment and services and could lead to increased conservation, as we have seen certain of our customers seek lower cost providers. Any increase in existing customers or potential new customers seeking lower cost providers and/or increase in our rejection rate of potential accounts because of credit considerations could increase our overall rate of net customer attrition. In addition, we could experience an increase in bad debts from financially distressed customers, which would have a negative effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to operating and litigation risks that could adversely affect our operating results whether or not covered by insurance.

Our operations are subject to all operating hazards and risks normally incidental to handling, storing, transporting and otherwise providing customers with our products such as natural disasters, adverse weather, accidents, fires, explosions, hazardous materials releases, mechanical failures and other events beyond our control. If any of these events were to occur, we could incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting in curtailment or suspension of our related operations. As a result, we may be a defendant in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable.

As we self-insure workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability claims up to pre-established limits, we establish reserves based upon expectations as to what our ultimate liability will be for claims based on our historical factors. We evaluate on an annual basis the potential for changes in loss estimates with the support of qualified actuaries. As of September 30, 2018, we had approximately $72.1 million of net insurance reserves. Other than matters for which we self-insure, we maintain insurance policies with insurers in amounts and with coverage and deductibles that we believe are reasonable and prudent.

However, there can be no assurance that the ultimate settlement of these claims will not differ materially from the assumptions used to calculate the reserves or that the insurance we maintain will be adequate to protect us from all material expenses related to potential future claims for remediation costs and personal and property damage or

19


that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at economical prices, either of which could have a material effect on our results of operations. Further, certain types of claims may be excluded from our insurance coverage, including the legal matter disclosed in Item 3 (Legal Proceedings Litigation) of this Report. If we were to incur substantial liability and the damages are not covered by insurance or are in excess of policy limits, or if we incur liability at a time when we are not able to obtain liability insurance, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Our captive insurance company may not bring the benefits we expect.

Beginning October 1, 2016, we have elected to insure through a wholly-owned captive insurance company, Woodbury Insurance Co., Inc., certain self-insured or deductible amounts. We also continue to maintain our normal, historical, insurance policies with third party insurers. In addition to certain business and operating benefits of having a captive insurance company, we expect to receive certain cash flow benefits related to the timing of the tax deduction related to these claims. Such expected cash tax timing benefits related to coverage provided by Woodbury Insurance Co., Inc. may not materialize, or any cash tax savings may not be as much as anticipated.

Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by governmental regulation and associated environmental and regulatory costs.

Our business is subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations related to environmental and other matters. Such laws and regulations have become increasingly stringent over time. Some state and local governments have enacted or are attempting to enact regulations and incentive programs encouraging the phase-out of the products that we sell in favor of other types of fuels, such as natural gas. We may experience increased costs due to stricter pollution control requirements or liabilities resulting from noncompliance with operating or other regulatory permits. New regulations might adversely impact operations, including those relating to underground storage, transportation and delivery of the products that we sell. In addition, there are environmental risks inherently associated with home heating oil operations, such as the risks of accidental releases or spills. We have incurred and continue to incur costs to remediate soil and groundwater contamination at some of our locations. We cannot be sure that we have identified all such contamination, that we know the full extent of our obligations with respect to contamination of which we are aware, or that we will not become responsible for additional contamination not yet discovered. It is possible that material costs and liabilities will be incurred, including those relating to claims for damages to property and persons and the environment.

In addition, our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our unitholders may be negatively impacted by significant changes in federal and state tax law. For example, an increase in federal and state income tax rates will reduce the amount of cash to pay distributions.

There is increasing attention in the United States and worldwide concerning the issue of climate change and the effect of emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHG”), in particular from the combustion of fossil fuels. Federal, regional and state regulatory authorities in many jurisdictions have begun taking steps to regulate GHG emissions. For example in October 2015, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) published the Clean Power Plan for regulation of GHG emissions associated with the energy sector. Under the Clean Power Plan, the EPA will set state-specific goals for GHG emissions reductions, leaving the states with flexibility to determine how to achieve such goals. However, following litigation and subsequent EPA review of the Clean Power Plan, in August 2018, the EPA proposed the Affordable Clean Energy (“ACE”) Rule to replace the Clean Power Plan. The ACE Rule would establish emissions guidelines pursuant to which states would develop plans to address GHG emissions from existing coal-fired electric generating units rather than EPA setting state-specific standards under the Clean Power Plan and requiring states to develop plans using certain “building blocks,” such as “beyond-the-fence-line” conservation measures, to meet those state-specific standards.  Public comments on the ACE Rule were due October 30, 2018.  At this time, the final language, implementation, and any impact on our business of the ACE Rule is uncertain.  Further, irrespective of federal legislation and regulation, individual states or cities may enact laws and regulations controlling GHG emissions. It is likely that any regulatory program that caps emissions or imposes a carbon tax will increase costs for us and our customers, which could lead to increased conservation or customers seeking lower cost alternatives. We cannot yet estimate the compliance costs or business impact of potential national, regional or state greenhouse gas emissions reduction legislation, regulations or initiatives, since many such programs and proposals are still in development.

20


Our operations would be adversely affected if service at our third-party terminals or on the common carrier pipelines used is interrupted.

The products that we sell are transported in either barge, pipeline or in truckload quantities to third-party terminals where we have contracts to temporarily store our products. Any significant interruption in the service of these third-party terminals or on the common carrier pipelines used would adversely affect our ability to obtain product.

The risk of global terrorism and political unrest may adversely affect the economy and the price and availability of the products that we sell and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks and political unrest may adversely impact the price and availability of the products that we sell, our results of operations, our ability to raise capital and our future growth. The impact that the foregoing may have on our industry in general, and on our business in particular, is not known at this time. An act of terror could result in disruptions of crude oil supplies, markets and facilities, and the source of the products that we sell could be direct or indirect targets. Terrorist activity may also hinder our ability to transport our products if our normal means of transportation become damaged as a result of an attack. Instability in the financial markets as a result of terrorism could also affect our ability to raise capital. Terrorist activity could likely lead to increased volatility in the prices of our products.

The impact of hurricanes and other natural disasters could cause disruptions in supply and could also reduce the demand for the products that we sell, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Hurricanes and other natural disasters may cause disruptions in the supply chains for the products that we sell. Disruptions in supply could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, causing an increase in wholesale prices and a decrease in supply. Hurricanes and other natural disasters could also cause disruptions in the power grid, which could prevent our customers from operating their home heating oil systems, thereby reducing our sales. For example, on October 29, 2012, storm Sandy made landfall in our service area, resulting in widespread power outages that affected a number of our customers. Deliveries of home heating oil and propane were less than expected for certain of our customers who were without power for several weeks subsequent to storm Sandy.

We depend on the use of information technology systems that could fail or be the target of cyber-attacks.

Our systems and networks are maintained internally and by third-party vendors, and their failure could significantly impede operations. In addition, our systems and networks, as well as those of our vendors, banks and counterparties, may receive and store personal/business information in connection with human resources operations, customer offerings, and other aspects of our business. A cyber-attack or material network breach in the security of these systems could include the theft of proprietary information or employee and customer information, as well as disrupt our operations or damage our facilities or those of third parties. This could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and increase our operating and capital costs, which could reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to the Company’s data, or an inappropriate disclosure of confidential or customer or employee information, it could cause significant damage to the Company’s reputation, affect relationships with its customers and employees, lead to claims against the Company, and ultimately harm our business. In addition, we may be required to incur additional costs to modify, remediate and protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, then we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential unitholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common units.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate successfully as a public company. We may experience difficulties in implementing effective internal controls as part of our integration of acquisitions from private companies, which are not subject to the internal control requirements

21


imposed on public companies. If we are unable to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or if the businesses we acquire have ineffective internal controls, our operating results could be harmed or we may fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls over financial reporting could cause our unitholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common units.

Conflicts of interest have arisen and could arise in the future.

Conflicts of interest have arisen and could arise in the future as a result of relationships between the general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any of our limited partners, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts the general partner may favor its own interests and those of its affiliates over the interests of the unitholders. The nature of these conflicts is ongoing and includes the following considerations:

 

The general partner’s affiliates are not prohibited from engaging in other business or activities, including direct competition with us.

 

The general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, distributions to unitholders, unit repurchases, borrowings and reserves, each of which can impact the amount of cash, if any, available for distribution to unitholders, and available to pay principal and interest on debt and the amount of incentive distributions payable in respect of the general partner units.

 

The general partner controls the enforcement of obligations owed to us by the general partner.

 

The general partner decides whether to retain its counsel or engage separate counsel to perform services for us.

 

In some instances the general partner may borrow funds in order to permit the payment of distributions to unitholders.

 

The general partner may limit its liability and reduce its fiduciary duties, while also restricting the remedies available to unitholders for actions that might, without limitations, constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

Unitholders are deemed to have consented to some actions and conflicts of interest that might otherwise be deemed a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.

 

The general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties in addition to the Company in resolving conflicts of interest, thereby limiting its fiduciary duty to the unitholders.

 

The general partner determines whether to issue additional units or other of our securities.

 

The general partner determines which costs are reimbursable by us.

 

The general partner is not restricted from causing us to pay the general partner or its affiliates for any services rendered on terms that are fair and reasonable to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.

We could experience significant increases in operating costs and reduced profitability due to competition for drivers and equipment technicians’ labor. 

We compete with other entities for drivers and equipment technicians’ labor, including entities that operate in different market sectors than us. Costs to recruit, train and retain adequate personnel, the loss of certain personnel, our inability to attract and retain other qualified personnel or a labor shortage that reduces the pool of qualified candidates could adversely affect our results of operations.

A substantial portion of our workforce is unionized, and we may face labor actions that could disrupt our operations or lead to higher labor costs and adversely affect our business.

As of September 30, 2018, approximately 43% of our employees were covered under 57 different collective bargaining agreements. As a result, we are usually involved in union negotiations with several local bargaining units

22


at any given time. There can be no assurance that we will be able to negotiate the terms of any expired or expiring agreement on terms satisfactory to us. Although we consider our relations with our employees to be generally satisfactory, we may experience strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns in the future. If our unionized workers were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, our non-union employees may become subject to labor organizing efforts. If any of our current non-union facilities were to unionize, we could incur increased risk of work stoppages and potentially higher labor costs.

Cash distributions (if any) are not guaranteed and may fluctuate with performance and reserve requirements.

Distributions of available cash by us to unitholders will depend on the amount of cash generated, and distributions may fluctuate based on our performance. The actual amount of cash that is available will depend upon numerous factors, including:

 

profitability of operations,

 

required principal and interest payments on debt or debt prepayments,

 

debt covenants,

 

margin account requirements,

 

cost of acquisitions,

 

issuance of debt and equity securities,

 

fluctuations in working capital,

 

capital expenditures,

 

units repurchased,

 

adjustments in reserves,

 

prevailing economic conditions,

 

financial, business and other factors,

 

increased pension funding requirements

 

results of potential adverse litigation, and

 

the amount of cash taxes we have to pay in Federal, State and local corporate income and franchise taxes.

Our Credit Agreement imposes restrictions on our ability to pay distributions to unitholders, including the need to maintain certain covenants. (See the fourth amended and restated credit agreement and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Long-Term Debt and Bank Facility Borrowings)

Our substantial debt and other financial obligations could impair our financial condition and our ability to obtain additional financing and have a material adverse effect on us if we fail to meet our financial and other obligations.

At September 30, 2018, we had outstanding under our Credit Agreement a $100 million term loan due July 2023. In addition, under the revolver portion of our Credit Agreement which expires in July 2023, we had borrowings of $1.5 million, $7.1 million of letters of credit were issued, no hedge positions were secured, and availability was $189.0 million. Exclusive of the term loan, during the last three fiscal years we have utilized as much as $167.3 million of our Credit Agreement in borrowings, letters of credit and hedging reserve. Our substantial indebtedness and other financial obligations could:

 

impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, unit repurchases or general partnership purposes;

23


 

have a material adverse effect on us if we fail to comply with financial and affirmative and restrictive covenants in our debt agreements and an event of default occurs that is not cured or waived;

 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow for principal and interest payments on our indebtedness and other financial obligations, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital and capital expenditures;

 

expose us to interest rate risk because certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

 

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have proportionally less debt.

If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations and other financial obligations, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our indebtedness and other financial transactions, seek additional equity capital or sell our assets. We might then be unable to obtain such financing or capital or sell our assets on satisfactory terms, if at all.

We are not required to accumulate cash for the purpose of meeting our future obligations to our lenders, which may limit the cash available to service the final payment due on the term loan outstanding under our Credit Agreement.

Subject to the limitations on restricted payments that are contained in our Credit Agreement, we are not required to accumulate cash for the purpose of meeting our future obligations to our lenders. As a result, we may be required to refinance the final payment of our term loan. Our ability to refinance the term loan will depend upon our future results of operation and financial condition as well as developments in the capital markets. Our general partner will determine the future use of our cash resources and has broad discretion in determining such uses and in establishing reserves for such uses, which may include but are not limited to:

 

complying with the terms of any of our agreements or obligations;

 

providing for distributions of cash to our unitholders in accordance with the requirements of our Partnership Agreement;

 

providing for future capital expenditures and other payments deemed by our general partner to be necessary or advisable, including to make acquisitions; and

 

repurchasing common units.

Depending on the timing and amount of our use of cash, this could significantly reduce the cash available to us in subsequent periods to make payments on borrowings under our Credit Agreement.

Restrictive covenants in our Credit Agreement may reduce our operating flexibility.

Our Credit Agreement contains various covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

incur indebtedness;

 

make distributions to our unitholders;

 

purchase or redeem our outstanding equity interests or subordinated indebtedness;

 

make investments;

 

create liens;

 

sell assets;

 

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make payments, loans, guarantees and transfers of assets or interests in assets;

24


 

engage in sale-leaseback transactions;

 

effect a merger or consolidation with or into other companies, a sale of all or substantially all of our properties or assets; and

 

engage in other lines of business.

These restrictions could limit our ability to obtain future financings, make capital expenditures, withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise. Our Credit Agreement also requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial conditions. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and conditions can be affected by events beyond their control, such as weather conditions and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be unable to meet those ratios and conditions.

Any breach of any of these covenants, failure to meet any of these ratios or conditions, or occurrence of a change of control would result in a default under the terms of the relevant indebtedness or other financial obligations to become immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could initiate a bankruptcy proceeding or liquidation proceeding or proceed against the collateral, if any. If the lenders of our indebtedness or other financial obligations accelerate the repayment of borrowings or other amounts owed, we may not have sufficient assets to repay our indebtedness or other financial obligations, including the notes.

Under our Credit Agreement, the occurrence of a “change of control” is considered a default. We may be unable to repay borrowings under our Credit Agreement if the indebtedness outstanding thereunder is accelerated following a change of control.

In the event of a change in control, we may not have the financial resources to repay borrowings under our Credit Agreement and may be unable to satisfy our obligations unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our other indebtedness.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

We provide services to our customers in the United States in eighteen states and the District of Columbia, ranging from Maine to Georgia from 46 principal operating locations and 89 depots, 51 of which are owned and 84 of which are leased. As of September 30, 2018, we had a fleet of 1,251 truck and transport vehicles, the majority of which were owned, 1,306 service and 363 support vehicles, the majority of which were leased. We lease our corporate headquarters in Stamford, Connecticut. Our obligations under our Credit Agreement are secured by liens and mortgages on substantially all of the Company’s and subsidiaries’ real and personal property.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS—LITIGATION

On April 18, 2017, a civil action was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York, entitled M. Norman Donnenfeld v. Petro, Inc., Civil Action Number 2:17-cv-2310-JFB-SIL, against Petro, Inc. By amended complaint filed on August 15, 2017, the Plaintiff alleges he did not receive expected contractual benefits under his protected price plan contract when oil prices fell and asserts various claims for relief including breach of contract, violation of the New York General Business Law and fraudulent inducement. The Plaintiff also seeks to have a class certified of similarly situated Petro customers who entered into protected price plan contracts and were denied the same contractual benefits. No class has yet been certified in this action. The Plaintiff seeks compensatory, punitive and other damages in unspecified amounts.   On September 15, 2017, Petro filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint as time-barred and for failure to state a cause of action.  On September 12, 2018, the district court granted in part and denied in part Petro's motion to dismiss.  The district court dismissed the Plaintiff's claims for breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing and fraudulent inducement, but declined to dismiss the Plaintiff's remaining claims.  The district court granted the Plaintiff leave to amend to attempt to replead his

25


fraudulent inducement claim.  On October 10, 2018, the Plaintiff filed a second amended complaint.  The second amended complaint attempts to replead a fraudulent inducement claim and is otherwise substantially similar or identical to the prior complaint.  On November 13, 2018, Petro moved to dismiss the fraudulent inducement and unjust enrichment claims in the second amended complaint.  Oral argument on Petro's motion is set for January 9, 2019.  The Company believes the allegations lack merit and intends to vigorously defend the action; at this time we cannot assess the potential outcome or materiality of this matter.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

26


PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S UNITS AND RELATED MATTERS

The common units, representing limited partner interests in Star, are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”) under the symbol “SGU.”

The following tables set forth the range of the daily high and low sales prices per common unit and the cash distributions declared on each unit for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

SGU – Common Unit Price Range

 

 

Distributions Declared

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

per Unit

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

Year

 

 

Year

 

 

Year

 

 

Year

 

 

Year

 

 

Year

 

Quarter Ended

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

December 31,

 

$

11.35

 

 

$

11.30

 

 

$

10.07

 

 

$

9.06

 

 

$

0.1100

 

 

$

0.1025

 

March 31,

 

$

11.10

 

 

$

11.39

 

 

$

8.74

 

 

$

9.02

 

 

$

0.1100

 

 

$

0.1025

 

June 30,

 

$

10.09

 

 

$

11.70

 

 

$

9.14

 

 

$

9.00

 

 

$

0.1175

 

 

$

0.1100

 

September 30,

 

$

10.10

 

 

$

11.35

 

 

$

9.21

 

 

$

10.26

 

 

$

0.1175

 

 

$

0.1100

 

 

As of November 30, 2018, there were approximately 236 holders of record of common units.

There is no established public trading market for the Company’s 0.3 million general partner units.

Distribution Provisions

We are required to make distributions in an amount equal to our Available Cash, as defined in our Partnership Agreement, no more than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, to holders of record on the applicable record dates. Available Cash, as defined in our Partnership Agreement, generally means all cash on hand at the end of the relevant fiscal quarter less the amount of cash reserves established by the Board of Directors of our general partner in its reasonable discretion for future cash requirements. These reserves are established for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures) for minimum quarterly distributions during the next four quarters and to comply with applicable laws and the terms of any debt agreements or other agreement to which we are subject. The Board of Directors of our general partner reviews the level of Available Cash each quarter based upon information provided by management.

According to the terms of our Partnership Agreement, minimum quarterly distributions on the common units accrue at the rate of $0.0675 per quarter ($0.27 on an annual basis). The information concerning restrictions on distributions required by Item 5 of this Report is incorporated by reference to Note 3. Quarterly Distribution of Available Cash, of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Credit Agreement imposes certain restrictions on our ability to pay distributions to unitholders. In order to pay any distributions to unitholders or repurchase Common Units, the Company must maintain Availability (as defined in the fourth amended and restated credit agreement) of $45 million, 15.0% of the facility size of $300 million (assuming the non-seasonal aggregate commitment is in effect), on a historical pro forma and forward-looking basis, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.15 measured as of the date of repurchase. (See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Long-Term Debt and Bank Facility Borrowings).

On October 18, 2018, we declared a quarterly distribution of $0.1175 per unit, or $0.47 per unit on an annualized basis, on all Common Units with respect to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, paid on November 6, 2018, to holders of record on October 29, 2018. The amount of distributions in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.0675, were distributed in accordance with our Partnership Agreement, subject to management incentive compensation plan. As a result, $6.2 million was paid to the Common Unit holders, $0.2 million to the general partner unit holders (including $0.17 million of incentive distribution as provided in our Partnership Agreement) and $0.2 million to management pursuant to the management incentive compensation plan which provides for certain members of management to receive incentive distributions that would otherwise be payable to the General Partner.

27


Common Unit Repurchase Plans and Retirement

Note 4 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements concerning the Company’s repurchase of Common Units during the three months ended September 30, 2018 is incorporated into this Item 5 by reference.

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The selected financial data as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, and for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is derived from the financial statements of Star included elsewhere in this Report. The selected financial data as of September 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 is derived from the financial statements of Star not included in this Report. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ending September 30,

 

(in thousands, except per unit data)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

1,677,837

 

 

$

1,323,555

 

 

$

1,161,338

 

 

$

1,674,291

 

 

$

1,961,724

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

1,214,495

 

 

 

915,056

 

 

 

768,841

 

 

 

1,203,588

 

 

 

1,555,300

 

(Increase) decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(11,408

)

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

(18,217

)

 

 

4,187

 

 

 

6,566

 

Delivery and branch expenses

 

 

357,580

 

 

 

306,534

 

 

 

276,493

 

 

 

309,025

 

 

 

282,646

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

 

 

31,575

 

 

 

27,882

 

 

 

26,530

 

 

 

24,930

 

 

 

21,635

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

24,227

 

 

 

24,998

 

 

 

23,366

 

 

 

25,908

 

 

 

22,592

 

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,796

 

 

 

 

Finance charge income

 

 

(4,700

)

 

 

(4,054

)

 

 

(3,079

)

 

 

(4,756

)

 

 

(6,870

)

Operating income

 

 

66,068

 

 

 

55,332

 

 

 

87,404

 

 

 

93,613

 

 

 

79,855

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

8,716

 

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

7,485

 

 

 

14,059

 

 

 

16,854

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

1,281

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

1,818

 

 

 

1,602

 

Loss on redemption of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,345

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

(7,043

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

63,107

 

 

 

47,276

 

 

 

78,672

 

 

 

70,391

 

 

 

61,399

 

Income tax expense

 

 

7,602

 

 

 

20,376

 

 

 

33,738

 

 

 

32,835

 

 

 

25,315

 

Net income

 

$

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

 

$

37,556

 

 

$

36,084

 

Weighted average number of limited partner units:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

54,764

 

 

 

55,888

 

 

 

57,022

 

 

 

57,285

 

 

 

57,476

 

28


 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands, except per unit data)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Per Unit Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per unit (a)

 

$

0.89

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.70

 

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

0.57

 

Cash distribution declared per common unit

 

$

0.455

 

 

$

0.425

 

 

$

0.395

 

 

$

0.365

 

 

$

0.340

 

Balance Sheet Data (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

256,737

 

 

$

241,241

 

 

$

294,858

 

 

$

271,479

 

 

$

296,465

 

Total assets

 

$

729,971

 

 

$

673,917

 

 

$

692,111

 

 

$

685,508

 

 

$

685,107

 

Long-term debt

 

$

91,780

 

 

$

65,717

 

 

$

75,441

 

 

$

90,000

 

 

$

124,572

 

Partners’ Capital

 

$

309,785

 

 

$

306,068

 

 

$

301,493

 

 

$

289,886

 

 

$

273,245

 

Summary Cash Flow Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

57,460

 

 

$

21,058

 

 

$

101,957

 

 

$

136,853

 

 

$

95,155

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(65,252

)

 

$

(66,381

)

 

$

(19,631

)

 

$

(30,385

)

 

$

(107,318

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

$

(30,135

)

 

$

(41,157

)

 

$

(43,646

)

 

$

(54,959

)

 

$

(23,895

)

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization

   (EBITDA) (b)

 

$

104,686

 

 

$

83,214

 

 

$

113,934

 

 

$

111,198

 

 

$

101,490

 

Adjusted EBITDA (b)

 

$

86,235

 

 

$

81,021

 

 

$

95,717

 

 

$

140,526

 

 

$

108,056

 

Retail home heating oil and propane gallons sold

 

 

357,187

 

 

 

316,892

 

 

 

302,517

 

 

 

382,834

 

 

 

360,972

 

Temperatures (warmer) colder than normal (c)

 

 

(4.7

)%

 

 

(12.4

)%

 

 

(17.8

)%

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

4.9

%

 

(a)

Net income per unit is computed in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10-45-60 Earnings per Share, Master Limited Partnerships (EITF 03-06). See Note 18. Earnings Per Limited Partner Units, of the consolidated financial statements.

(b)

EBITDA (Earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) and Adjusted EBITDA (Earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, (increase) decrease in the fair value of derivatives, net other income, multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charge, gain or loss on debt redemption, goodwill impairment, and other non-cash and non-operating charges) are non-GAAP financial measures that are used as supplemental financial measures by management and external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks and research analysts, to assess:

 

our compliance with certain financial covenants included in our debt agreements;

 

our financial performance without regard to financing methods, capital structure, income taxes or historical cost basis;

 

our operating performance and return on invested capital as compared to those of other companies in the retail distribution of refined petroleum products business, without regard to financing methods and capital structure;

 

our ability to generate cash sufficient to pay interest on our indebtedness and to make distributions to our partners; and

 

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return of alternative investment opportunities.

The method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA may not be consistent with that of other companies, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA both have limitations as an analytical tool and so should not be viewed in isolation

29


and should be viewed in conjunction with measurements that are computed in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash used for capital expenditures;

 

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements;

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash necessary to make payments of interest or principal on our indebtedness; and

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash required to pay taxes.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated for the fiscal years ended September 30 as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

 

$

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

 

$

37,556

 

 

$

36,084

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

7,602

 

 

 

20,376

 

 

 

33,738

 

 

 

32,835

 

 

 

25,315

 

Amortization of debt issuance cost

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

1,281

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

1,818

 

 

 

1,602

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

8,716

 

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

7,485

 

 

 

14,059

 

 

 

16,854

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

31,575

 

 

 

27,882

 

 

 

26,530

 

 

 

24,930

 

 

 

21,635

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

 

 

104,686

 

 

 

83,214

 

 

 

113,934

 

 

 

111,198

 

 

 

101,490

 

(Increase)/decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(11,408

)

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

(18,217

)

 

 

4,187

 

 

 

6,566

 

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,796

 

 

 

Loss on redemption of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,345

 

 

 

 

Other income, net (d)

 

 

(7,043

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

86,235

 

 

 

81,021

 

 

 

95,717

 

 

 

140,526

 

 

 

108,056

 

Add/(subtract)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(7,602

)

 

 

(20,376

)

 

 

(33,738

)

 

 

(32,835

)

 

 

(25,315

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(8,716

)

 

 

(6,775

)

 

 

(7,485

)

 

 

(14,059

)

 

 

(16,854

)

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,796

)

 

 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

 

 

6,283

 

 

 

1,639

 

 

 

(639

)

 

 

3,738

 

 

 

7,514

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivables

 

 

(37,149

)

 

 

(19,844

)

 

 

10,965

 

 

 

30,141

 

 

 

12,771

 

(Increase) decrease in inventories

 

 

4,177

 

 

 

(10,598

)

 

 

9,979

 

 

 

4,326

 

 

 

14,057

 

Increase (decrease) in customer credit balances

 

 

(6,563

)

 

 

(23,085

)

 

 

6,490

 

 

 

3,992

 

 

 

(2,433

)

Change in deferred taxes

 

 

14,685

 

 

 

10,134

 

 

 

9,670

 

 

 

(4,101

)

 

 

658

 

Change in other operating assets and liabilities

 

 

6,110

 

 

 

8,942

 

 

 

10,998

 

 

 

22,921

 

 

 

(3,299

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

57,460

 

 

$

21,058

 

 

$

101,957

 

 

$

136,853

 

 

$

95,155

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(65,252

)

 

$

(66,381

)

 

$

(19,631

)

 

$

(30,385

)

 

$

(107,318

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

$

(30,135

)

 

$

(41,157

)

 

$

(43,646

)

 

$

(54,959

)

 

$

(23,895

)

 

(c)

Temperatures (warmer) colder than normal are for those locations where we had existing operations, which we sometimes refer to as the “base business” (i.e. excluding acquisitions), temperatures (measured on a degree day basis) as reported by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”).

(d)

During fiscal 2018, we sold our security business to a national dealer and recorded a gain of $7.0 million.

 

30


ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Disclosure

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes “forward-looking statements” which represent our expectations or beliefs concerning future events that involve risks and uncertainties, including those associated with the effect of weather conditions on our financial performance, the price and supply of the products that we sell, the consumption patterns of our customers, our ability to obtain satisfactory gross profit margins, our ability to obtain new customers and retain existing customers, our ability to make strategic acquisitions, the impact of litigation, our ability to contract for our current and future supply needs, natural gas conversions, future union relations and the outcome of current and future union negotiations, the impact of current and future governmental regulations, including environmental, health, and safety regulations, the ability to attract and retain employees, customer credit worthiness, counterparty credit worthiness, marketing plans, general economic conditions and new technology. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this Report including, without limitation, the statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere herein, are forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “seek,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct and actual results may differ materially from those projected as a result of certain risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those set forth in this Report under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Business Strategy.” Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations (“Cautionary Statements”) are disclosed in this Report. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to Star or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the Cautionary Statements. Unless otherwise required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Report.

Impact on Liquidity of Increases in Wholesale Product Cost

Our liquidity is adversely impacted in times of increasing wholesale product costs, as we must use more cash to fund our hedging requirements as well as the increased levels of accounts receivable and inventory. This may result in higher interest expense as a result of increased working capital borrowing to finance higher receivables and/or inventory balances. We may also incur higher bad debt expense and credit card processing costs as a result of higher selling prices as well as higher vehicle fuel costs due to the increase in energy costs.  Our liquidity can also be adversely impacted by sudden and sharp decreases in wholesale product costs, due to the increased margin requirements for futures contracts and collateral requirements for options and swaps that we use to manage market risks.

Home Heating Oil Price Volatility

Volatility, which is reflected in the wholesale price of home heating oil, has a larger impact on our business when prices rise, as consumer price sensitivity to heating costs increases, often leading to increased gross customer losses. As a commodity, the price of home heating oil is generally impacted by many factors, including economic and geopolitical forces. The price of home heating oil is closely linked to the price refiners pay for crude oil, which is the principal cost component of home heating oil. The volatility in the wholesale cost of home heating oil, as measured by the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”), for the fiscal years ending September 30, 2014, through 2018, on a quarterly basis, is illustrated in the following chart (price per gallon):

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31

 

$

1.74

 

 

$

2.08

 

 

$

1.39

 

 

$

1.70

 

 

$

1.08

 

 

$

1.61

 

 

$

1.85

 

 

$

2.66

 

 

$

2.84

 

 

$

3.12

 

March 31

 

 

1.84

 

 

 

2.14

 

 

 

1.49

 

 

 

1.70

 

 

 

0.87

 

 

 

1.26

 

 

 

1.62

 

 

 

2.30

 

 

 

2.89

 

 

 

3.28

 

June 30

 

 

1.96

 

 

 

2.29

 

 

 

1.37

 

 

 

1.65

 

 

 

1.08

 

 

 

1.57

 

 

 

1.68

 

 

 

2.02

 

 

 

2.85

 

 

 

3.05

 

September 30

 

 

2.05

 

 

 

2.35

 

 

 

1.45

 

 

 

1.86

 

 

 

1.26

 

 

 

1.53

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

 

1.84

 

 

 

2.65

 

 

 

2.98

 

31


 

On November 30, 2018, the NYMEX ultra low sulfur diesel contract closed at $1.85 per gallon or $0.20 per gallon lower than the average of $2.05 in Fiscal 2018.

Income Taxes

New Federal Income Tax Legislation

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was enacted into law.  The Tax Reform Act contains several key tax provisions that will impact the Company, including the reduction of the corporate Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. In addition, between September 28, 2017 and December 31, 2022, the Tax Reform Act allows for the full depreciation, in the year acquired, for certain fixed assets purchased in that year (also known as 100% bonus depreciation).

During fiscal 2018, the Company recorded an $11.1 million discrete income tax benefit for the re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the change in the Federal corporate income tax rate on which the deferred taxes are based.  Excluding the $11.1 million benefit recorded to income tax expense, our combined federal, state, and local effective income tax rate was reduced from 43.1% at September 30, 2017 to 29.6% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2018.  

 

Book versus Tax Deductions

The amount of cash flow that we generate in any given year depends upon a variety of factors including the amount of cash income taxes that we are required to pay, which will increase as tax depreciation and amortization decreases. The amount of depreciation and amortization that we deduct for book (i.e., financial reporting) purposes will differ from the amount that the Company can deduct for Federal tax purposes. The table below compares the estimated depreciation and amortization for book purposes to the amount that we expect to deduct for Federal tax purposes based on currently owned assets. We file our tax returns based on a calendar year. The amounts below are based on our September 30 fiscal year, and the tax amounts include any 100% bonus depreciation available for fixed assets purchased between October 1, 2017 and September 30, 2018.  However, this table does not include any forecast of future annual capital purchases.  Given historical levels of annual capital purchases and the current law related to Federal bonus depreciation, it is likely that Federal tax depreciation and amortization will exceed book depreciation and amortization for most, if not all, of the periods presented in the table below.

Estimated Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

(in thousands)

 

Book

 

 

Tax

 

2018

 

$

31,739

 

 

$

43,898

 

2019

 

 

30,702

 

 

 

26,507

 

2020

 

 

26,851

 

 

 

19,895

 

2021

 

 

22,508

 

 

 

18,177

 

2022

 

 

18,571

 

 

 

16,470

 

2023

 

 

16,317

 

 

 

14,646

 

 

 

Weather Hedge Contracts

Weather conditions have a significant impact on the demand for home heating oil and propane because certain customers depend on these products principally for space heating purposes. Actual weather conditions may vary substantially from year to year, significantly affecting our financial performance. To partially mitigate the adverse effect of warm weather on cash flow, we have used weather hedging contracts for a number of years with several providers.

Under these contracts, we are entitled to a payment if the total number of degree days within the hedge period is less than the ten year average. The “Payment Thresholds,” or strikes, are set at various levels. In addition, we will be obligated to make a payment capped at $5.0 million if degree days exceed the ten year average. The hedge period

32


runs from November 1 through March 31, taken as a whole, for each respective fiscal year. In fiscal 2018, the Company recorded a charge of $1.9 million due to colder than average weather conditions. For fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021 the maximum that the Company can receive is $12.5 million and the maximum that the Company may be obligated to pay is $5.0 million.

Per Gallon Gross Profit Margins

We believe home heating oil and propane margins should be evaluated on a cents per gallon basis (before the effects of increases or decreases in the fair value of derivative instruments), as we believe that realized per gallon margins should not include the impact of non-cash changes in the market value of hedges before the settlement of the underlying transaction.

A significant portion of our home heating oil volume is sold to individual customers under an arrangement pre-establishing a ceiling price or fixed price for home heating oil over a fixed period of time, generally twelve to twenty-four months (“price-protected” customers). When these price-protected customers agree to purchase home heating oil from us for the next heating season, we purchase option contracts, swaps and futures contracts for a substantial majority of the heating oil that we expect to sell to these customers. The amount of home heating oil volume that we hedge per price-protected customer is based upon the estimated fuel consumption per average customer per month. In the event that the actual usage exceeds the amount of the hedged volume on a monthly basis, we may be required to obtain additional volume at unfavorable costs. In addition, should actual usage in any month be less than the hedged volume, our hedging costs and losses could be greater, thus reducing expected margins.

As of September 30, 2018, we had 85.4 million gallons of home heating oil hedged for our ceiling customers and 11.7 million gallons for our fixed priced customers. Of these hedges, 100% were at their strike price, which reduces our potential for per gallon margin expansion unless the price for home heating oil declines.

Derivatives

FASB ASC 815-10-05 Derivatives and Hedging requires that derivative instruments be recorded at fair value and included in the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities. To the extent our interest rate derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are effective, as defined under this guidance, changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income until the forecasted hedged item is recognized in earnings. We have elected not to designate our commodity derivative instruments as hedging instruments under this guidance and, as a result, the changes in fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized in our statement of operations. Therefore, we experience volatility in earnings as outstanding derivative instruments are marked to market and non-cash gains and losses are recorded prior to the sale of the commodity to the customer. The volatility in any given period related to unrealized non-cash gains or losses on derivative instruments can be significant to our overall results. However, we ultimately expect those gains and losses to be offset by the cost of product when purchased.

 

Customer Attrition

We measure net customer attrition on an ongoing basis for our full service residential and commercial home heating oil and propane customers. Net customer attrition is the difference between gross customer losses and customers added through marketing efforts. Customers added through acquisitions are not included in the calculation of gross customer gains. However, additional customers that are obtained through marketing efforts or lost at newly acquired businesses are included in these calculations. Customer attrition percentage calculations include customers added through acquisitions in the denominators of the calculations on a weighted average basis. Gross customer losses are the result of a number of factors, including price competition, move-outs, credit losses, conversion to natural gas and service disruptions. When a customer moves out of an existing home, we count the “move out” as a loss, and if we are successful in signing up the new homeowner, the “move in” is treated as a gain.

33


Customer gains and losses of home heating oil and propane customers

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Gross Customer

 

 

Gains /

 

 

Gross Customer

 

 

Gains /

 

 

Gross Customer

 

 

Gains /

 

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

(Attrition)

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

(Attrition)

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

(Attrition)

 

First Quarter

 

 

24,700

 

 

 

19,900

 

 

 

4,800

 

 

 

24,300

 

 

 

19,100

 

 

 

5,200

 

 

 

22,800

 

 

 

24,200

 

 

 

(1,400

)

Second Quarter

 

 

14,100

 

 

 

18,900

 

 

 

(4,800

)

 

 

13,200

 

 

 

16,400

 

 

 

(3,200

)

 

 

13,700

 

 

 

19,300

 

 

 

(5,600

)

Third Quarter

 

 

7,900

 

 

 

16,200

 

 

 

(8,300

)

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

12,700

 

 

 

(4,700

)

 

 

7,400

 

 

 

14,100

 

 

 

(6,700

)

Fourth Quarter

 

 

13,100

 

 

 

19,400

 

 

 

(6,300

)

 

 

12,400

 

 

 

16,500

 

 

 

(4,100

)

 

 

11,400

 

 

 

21,200

 

 

 

(9,800

)

Total

 

 

59,800

 

 

 

74,400

 

 

 

(14,600

)

 

 

57,900

 

 

 

64,700

 

 

 

(6,800

)

 

 

55,300

 

 

 

78,800

 

 

 

(23,500

)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

Gross Customer

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross Customer

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross Customer

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

Gains /

(Attrition)

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

Gains /

(Attrition)

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

Gains /

(Attrition)

 

First Quarter

 

 

5.4

%

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

4.4

%

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

(0.3

)%

Second Quarter

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

(1.1

)%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

(1.2

)%

Third Quarter

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

(1.8

)%

 

 

1.8

%

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

(1.1

)%

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

(1.5

)%

Fourth Quarter

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

(1.4

)%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

(0.9

)%

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

(2.1

)%

Total

 

 

13.0

%

 

 

16.2

%

 

 

(3.2

)%

 

 

13.1

%

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

(1.5

)%

 

 

12.1

%

 

 

17.2

%

 

 

(5.1

)%

 

For the twelve months ended September 30, 2018, the Company lost 14,600 accounts (net), or 3.2%, of our home heating oil and propane customer base, compared to 6,800 accounts lost (net), or 1.5%, of our home heating oil and propane customer base, during the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Our net customer attrition was worse by 7,800 accounts. While our gross customer gains were 1,900 accounts higher than the prior year’s comparable period, our gross customer losses were 9,700 accounts higher. Gross customer losses exceeded the prior year primarily due to the price of home heating oil and propane, credit issues, and service disruptions. The wholesale cost of home heating oil increased by $0.4667 per gallon year-over-year, putting additional price pressure on retaining our customer base and attracting new customers as price protected customers renewed their plan, after the heating season, product cost rose by $0.5817 per gallon. In addition, the extremely cold temperatures experienced at the end of December 2017 and in early January 2018, stressed our ability to service our customers at times, resulting in higher delivery and service losses. The majority of the increase in gross customer losses occurred during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, i.e., after the heating season when it is easier for a customer to discontinue service with us. In addition, higher prices also drove up customer account balances resulting in higher credit-related losses.

For fiscal 2017, our net customer attrition improved by 16,700 accounts as we lost 6,800 accounts (net), or 1.5%, of our home heating oil and propane customer base, compared to 23,500 accounts lost (net), or 5.1% of our home heating oil and propane customer base, during the prior year’s comparable period. The net customer attrition rate improved by 3.6%. Our gross customer gains were 2,600 higher than the prior year’s comparable period and our gross customer losses were lower by 14,100 accounts. During the first fiscal quarter of fiscal 2017, net customer attrition improved by 6,600 accounts due to competitive margin management, certain marketing incentives, and more normal weather conditions, as we believe that customers did not see a need during the prior fiscal year first quarter (a very warm period) for the higher level of service that we can provide. During the second and third quarters of fiscal 2017, net customer attrition improved by 4,400 compared to the prior year period. Gross customer gains were higher by 100 accounts, and gross customer losses improved by 4,300 accounts. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, net customer attrition improved by 5,700 accounts due largely to a reduction in gross customer losses of 4,700 accounts versus the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. We believe that the modest increase in gross customer gains during the second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2017 can be in part attributable to competitive margin management and marketing incentives and that the lower level of gross customer losses reflect the impact of increased expenditures in the customer experience area and our focus on customer satisfaction and retention efforts. Also, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, our losses were impacted by the purging of certain customers that were deemed to be inactive.

34


During fiscal 2018, we estimate that we lost 1.3% of our home heating oil and propane accounts to natural gas conversions versus 1.2% for fiscal 2017 and 1.3% for fiscal 2016. Losses to natural gas in our footprint for the heating oil and propane industry could be greater or less than the Company’s estimates. Conversions to natural gas may continue as it remains less expensive than home heating oil on an equivalent BTU basis.

 

Seasonality

The following matters should be considered in analyzing our financial results. Our fiscal year ends on September 30. All references to quarters and years respectively in this document are to the fiscal quarters and years unless otherwise noted. The seasonal nature of our business has resulted, on average, during the last five years, in the sale of approximately 30% of our volume of home heating oil and propane in the first fiscal quarter and 50% of our volume in the second fiscal quarter, the peak heating season. Approximately 25% of our volume of other petroleum products is sold in each of the four fiscal quarters. We generally realize net income in both of these quarters and net losses during the quarters ending June and September. In addition, sales volume typically fluctuates from year to year in response to variations in weather, wholesale energy prices and other factors.

Acquisitions

During fiscal 2018, the Company completed six acquisitions. The timing of these transactions and the types of products sold by the acquired companies will impact year-over-year comparisons. The following table details the Company’s acquisition activity and the volumes sold by the acquired company during the 12-month period prior to the date of acquisition.

(in thousands of gallons)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018 Acquisitions

 

Acquisition Number

 

Month of Acquisition

 

Home Heating Oil and Propane

 

 

Other Petroleum Products

 

 

Total

 

1

 

November

 

 

53

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

128

 

2

 

November

 

 

164

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

170

 

3

 

April

 

 

7,775

 

 

 

6,567

 

 

 

14,342

 

4

 

May

 

 

1,573

 

 

 

35,617

 

 

 

37,190

 

5

 

August

 

 

1,136

 

 

 

135

 

 

 

1,271

 

6

 

September

 

 

1,730

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

1,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,431

 

 

 

42,580

 

 

 

55,011

 

Degree Day

A “degree day” is an industry measurement of temperature designed to evaluate energy demand and consumption. Degree days are based on how far the average daily temperature departs from 65°F. Each degree of temperature above 65°F is counted as one cooling degree day, and each degree of temperature below 65°F is counted as one heating degree day. Degree days are accumulated each day over the course of a year and can be compared to a monthly or a long-term (multi-year) average to see if a month or a year was warmer or cooler than usual. Degree days are officially observed by the National Weather Service.

Every ten years, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”) computes and publishes average meteorological quantities, including the average temperature for the last 30 years by geographical location, and the corresponding degree days. The latest and most widely used data covers the years from 1981 to 2010. Our calculations of “normal” weather are based on these published 30 year averages for heating degree days, weighted by volume for the locations where we have existing operations.

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following is a discussion of the consolidated results of operations of Star and its subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial and operating data and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

35


Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018

Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

Volume

For fiscal 2018, retail volume of home heating oil and propane sold increased by 40.3 million gallons, or 12.7%, to 357.2 million gallons, compared to 316.9 million gallons for fiscal 2017. For those locations where we had existing operations during both periods, which we sometimes refer to as the “base business” (i.e., excluding acquisitions), temperatures (measured on a heating degree day basis) for fiscal 2018 were 9.0% colder than fiscal 2017 but 4.7% warmer than normal, as reported by NOAA. For fiscal 2018, net customer attrition for the base business was 3.2%. The impact of fuel conservation, along with any period-to-period differences in delivery scheduling, the timing of accounts added or lost during the fiscal years, equipment efficiency, and other volume variances not otherwise described, are included in the chart below under the heading “Other.” An analysis of the change in the retail volume of home heating oil and propane, which is based on management’s estimates, sampling, and other mathematical calculations and certain assumptions, is found below:

 

 

 

Heating Oil

 

(in millions of gallons)

 

and Propane

 

Volume - Fiscal 2017

 

 

316.9

 

Acquisitions

 

 

22.2

 

Impact of colder temperatures

 

 

25.9

 

Net customer attrition

 

 

(12.4

)

Lower margin transport/commercial

 

 

1.6

 

Other

 

 

3.0

 

Change

 

40.3

 

Volume - Fiscal 2018

 

 

357.2

 

The following chart sets forth the percentage by volume of total home heating oil sold to residential variable-price customers, residential price-protected customers, and commercial/industrial/other customers for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Customers

 

September 30,

2018

 

 

September 30,

2017

 

Residential Variable

 

 

42.3

%

 

 

42.4

%

Residential Price-Protected

 

 

45.3

%

 

 

45.2

%

Commercial/Industrial/Other

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

12.4

%

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

Volume of other petroleum products sold increased by 26.2 million gallons, or 23.4%, to 138.3 million gallons for fiscal 2018, compared to 112.1 million gallons for fiscal 2017, mainly attributable to acquisitions.

Product Sales

For fiscal 2018, product sales increased $339.3 million, or 31.9%, to $1.4 billion, compared to $1.1 billion for fiscal 2017, reflecting an increase in wholesale product costs of $0.3588 per gallon, or 22.8%, and an increase in total volume of 15.5%.

Installations and Services Sales

For fiscal 2018, installation and service sales increased $15.0 million, or 5.8%, to $273.5 million, compared to $258.5 million for fiscal 2017, largely due to acquisitions ($9.2 million) as well as growth in the base business ($5.8 million). Installation sales increased by $3.1 million primarily due to acquisitions. Service sales increased by $11.9 million, of which, $5.8 million was related to acquisitions. Service sales rose in the base business by $6.1 million, or 3.7%, due to higher equipment service contracts for air conditioning, natural gas and home heating oil, increased service billings due in part to the colder temperatures as well as the expansion of other services.

36


 

Cost of Product

For fiscal 2018, cost of product increased $282.5 million, or 41.8%, to $957.9 million, compared to $675.4 million for fiscal 2017, due largely to a $0.3588 per gallon, or 22.8%, increase in wholesale product cost and an increase in total volume of 15.5%.

Gross Profit—Product

The table below calculates our per gallon margins and reconciles product gross profit for home heating oil and propane and other petroleum products. We believe the change in home heating oil and propane margins should be evaluated before the effects of increases or decreases in the fair value of derivative instruments, as we believe that realized per gallon margins should not include the impact of non-cash changes in the market value of hedges before the settlement of the underlying transaction. On that basis, home heating oil and propane margins for fiscal 2018 increased by $0.0189 per gallon, or 1.7%, to $1.1497 per gallon, from $1.1308 per gallon during fiscal 2017. Excluding acquisitions, home heating oil and propane margins increased by $0.0356 per gallon, or 3.2%. Due to differences in product offerings, marketing plans and operating costs, businesses we acquire through acquisitions may have different home heating oil and propane margins than the base business. First year margins realized from acquisitions may not be indicative of the Company’s expectations for acquired business. Going forward, we cannot assume that the per gallon margins realized in fiscal 2018 are sustainable, for future periods. Product sales and cost of product include home heating oil, propane, other petroleum products and liquidated damages billings.

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2018

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

Home Heating Oil and Propane

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

Volume

 

 

357.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

316.9

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

1,084.8

 

 

$

3.0372

 

 

$

854.1

 

 

$

2.6951

 

Cost

 

$

674.2

 

 

$

1.8875

 

 

$

495.7

 

 

$

1.5643

 

Gross Profit

 

$

410.6

 

 

$

1.1497

 

 

$

358.4

 

 

$

1.1308

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Petroleum Products

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

Volume

 

 

138.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112.1

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

319.6

 

 

$

2.3105

 

 

$

211.0

 

 

$

1.8822

 

Cost

 

$

283.7

 

 

$

2.0511

 

 

$

179.7

 

 

$

1.6025

 

Gross Profit

 

$

35.9

 

 

$

0.2594

 

 

$

31.3

 

 

$

0.2797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Product

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

1,404.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,065.1

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

$

957.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

675.4

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

$

446.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

389.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

For fiscal 2018, total product gross profit was $446.5 million, which was $56.8 million, or 14.6%, greater than fiscal 2017, due to an increase in home heating oil and propane volume ($45.6 million) sold at slightly higher margins ($6.6 million), and an increase in gross profit from other petroleum products ($4.6 million).

Cost of Installations and Services

Total installation costs for fiscal 2018 increased by $3.8 million, or 4.8%, to $82.5 million, compared to $78.7 million in installation costs for fiscal 2017, largely due to acquisitions. Installation costs as a percentage of installation sales for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 were 84.1% and 82.8%, respectively.

Service expense increased $13.2 million, or 8.2%, to $174.2 million for fiscal 2018, representing 99.3% of

37


service sales, versus $161.0 million, or 98.5% of service sales, for fiscal 2017. This increase was due to acquisition related service expenses of $7.5 million and a $5.7 million, or 3.5%, increase in the base business due in part to the extremely cold weather conditions experienced during the last week of December 2017 and first week of January 2018 (when temperatures were 45% colder than normal), as well as to normal wage and benefit increases. This extremely cold weather resulted in significantly higher demand for service and additional hours worked at premium labor rates. In addition, a portion of these service calls were with customers who have a service contract and, thus, did not result in any additional service revenue. We realized a combined gross profit from service and installation of $16.8 million for fiscal 2018 compared to a combined gross profit of $18.8 million for fiscal 2017. Management views the service and installation department on a combined basis because many overhead functions cannot be separated or precisely allocated to either service or installation billings.

(Increase) Decrease in the Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

During fiscal 2018, the change in the fair value of derivative instruments resulted in an $11.4 million credit as an increase in the market value for unexpired hedges (a $14.9 million credit) was partially offset by a $3.5 million charge due to the expiration of certain hedged positions.

During fiscal 2017, the change in the fair value of derivative instruments resulted in a $2.2 million credit as an increase in the market value for unexpired hedges (a $3.7 million credit) was partially offset by a $1.5 million charge due to the expiration of certain hedged positions.

Delivery and Branch Expenses

For fiscal 2018, delivery and branch expenses increased $51.1 million, or 16.7%, to $357.6 million, compared to $306.5 million for fiscal 2017, due to additional costs from acquisitions of $18.2 million, as well as a $31.0 million, or 10.1% expense increase in the base business, and a $1.9 million charge related to an amount due under our weather hedge contract, as temperatures were slightly colder than the Payment Threshold. (The weather hedge covered the period from November 1, 2017 to March 31, 2018, taken as a whole.)

Expenses in the base business rose by 10.1%, exceeding the 5.7% increase in home heating oil and propane volume sold. The extremely cold weather conditions experienced in late December 2017 and early January 2018, as previously mentioned, not only increased the demand for service calls but also drove an increase in direct delivery expense as well as many other branch expenses. Certain December and January deliveries were made at premium labor rates, and the unusual weather conditions necessitated increased staffing levels for delivery and office personnel to handle the tremendous influx of customer inquiries regarding the status of their delivery or service call. We estimate that the extremely cold weather conditions in January 2018 resulted in unanticipated expenses of $2.8 million and the increase in volume sold in the base business resulted in higher costs of $2.6 million. The Company also saw an increase in credit card fees and bad debt expense of $5.7 million tied to the higher cost of product and greater use of credit cards. Insurance expense rose by $4.5 million largely reflecting an increase in the number of insurance claims due in part to the extreme weather conditions. In addition, our fixed costs increased by $3.6 million as we strengthened our customer service, sales, operations, and information technology departments. In recognition of the opportunity to differentiate Star and, thereby, to attract and retain customers through our service offerings, we have begun offering a concierge level service as a test program, which led to an increase in delivery and branch expenses of $3.4 million.

We also experienced increases in rent, plant maintenance, higher vehicle fuel costs and increased customer concessions in the base business totaling $2.6 million, incurred rebranding expenses of $1.1 million, and we also took a charge for severance of $0.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2018 as 11 positions were eliminated which should save us over $2 million in fiscal 2019. In the prior year’s comparable period we provided disaster relief services and recorded a net benefit to delivery and branch of $0.5 million. Finally, normal salary, benefit and other expense changes totaled $3.7 million, or 1.2% of the increase.

Depreciation and Amortization

For fiscal 2018, depreciation and amortization expense increased by $3.7 million, or 13.2%, to $31.6 million, compared to $27.9 million for fiscal 2017, as increases from acquisitions and accelerated amortization of certain

38


tradenames related to rebranding more than offset the impact of certain assets that became fully amortized.

General and Administrative Expenses

For fiscal 2018, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.8 million, to $24.2 million, from $25.0 million for fiscal 2017, primarily due to lower legal and professional expenses of $1.2 million. In fiscal 2017 the Company incurred legal and professional fees related to its October 2017 conversion to a C Corporation that did not reoccur in fiscal 2018. This reduction in legal and professional expenses plus lower profit sharing expense of $0.3 million and lower frozen pension expense of $0.3 million, was largely offset by the costs of increased human resource staffing and other normal salary and benefit changes totaling $1.0 million. The Company accrues approximately 6% of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the profit sharing plan, for distribution to its employees, and this amount is payable when the Company achieves Adjusted EBITDA of at least 70% of the amount budgeted. The dollar amount of the profit sharing pool is subject to increases and decreases in line with increases and decreases in Adjusted EBITDA.

Finance Charge Income

For fiscal 2018, finance charge income increased by $0.6 million, or 15.9%, to $4.7 million compared to $4.1 million for fiscal 2017. The income primarily represents late customer payment charges. The increase in the wholesale cost of product and the increase in volume led to higher product sales and thus an increase in accounts receivable balances subject to a finance charge.

Interest Expense, Net

For fiscal 2018, interest expense increased $1.9 million, or 28.6%, to $8.7 million compared to $6.8 million for fiscal 2017 primarily due to an increase in average borrowings of $53.1 million from $81.7 million in fiscal 2017 to $134.9 million in fiscal 2018 and an increase in the weighted average interest rate from 4.1% in fiscal 2017 to 4.6% in fiscal 2018. The increase in average borrowings of $53.1 million was used to fund higher working capital needs, acquisitions and an investment into our captive insurance company. Funding of the captive reduced the need to secure our insurance liability with letters of credit. To hedge against rising interest rates, the Company entered into an interest rate swap in July 2018 for $50.0 million, or 50%, of our long term debt.

Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs

For fiscal 2018, amortization of debt issuance costs was $1.3 million unchanged from fiscal 2017.

Other Income, Net

During fiscal 2018, we sold our security business to a national dealer and recorded a gain of $7.0 million.  Revenues and gross profit from the security business have averaged $3.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, per year for the last three years.

Income Tax Expense

For fiscal 2018, income tax expense decreased by $12.8 million to $7.6 million, from $20.4 million for fiscal 2017. The decrease was primarily due to an $11.1 million tax benefit to reflect the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act signed into law on December 22, 2017. The tax reform reduced the federal statutory income tax rate for corporations from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 and, therefore, the Company’s net deferred tax liability will be realized at a lower statutory tax rate than originally recorded, resulting in a tax benefit to the Company. The Company’s effective tax rate declined from 43.1% to 12.0%. Excluding the impact of this net deferred tax liability related tax benefit, our effective income tax rate decreased from 43.1% in fiscal 2017 to 29.6% in fiscal 2018, primarily due to the lower enacted federal statutory income tax rate.

39


Net Income

For fiscal 2018, net income increased $28.6 million, or 106.3%, to $55.5 million, primarily due to an increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $5.2 million, discussed below, a favorable change in the fair value of derivative instruments of $9.2 million, the $7.0 million net gain from the sale of customer assets (our security business), and a decrease in the Company’s effective tax rate described above.

Adjusted EBITDA

For fiscal 2018, Adjusted EBITDA increased by $5.2 million, or 6.4%, to $86.2 million. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily provided by acquisitions of $4.9 million, which includes an Adjusted EBITDA loss for 2018 acquisitions completed after the heating season of $0.8 million. In the base business, the additional volume sold due largely to the impact of colder temperatures and higher home heating oil and propane margins was reduced by higher operating costs in the base business and a $1.9 million charge related to an amount due under our weather hedge contract because temperatures were colder than the Payment Threshold. The extreme cold weather conditions experienced in late December 2017 and early January 2018 not only increased the demand for service calls but also drove an increase in direct delivery expense as well as many other branch expenses. Certain December and January deliveries were made at premium labor rates, and the unusual weather conditions necessitated increased staffing levels for delivery and office personnel to handle the tremendous influx of customer inquiries regarding the status of their delivery or service call. In addition to these costs and normal increases in salaries, benefits, and other items, delivery and branch expenses were also higher due to an increase in fixed costs, an increase in insurance expense, the expansion of our concierge program, rebranding expense, severance cost and, reflecting the increase in sales, greater credit card usage and higher bad debt expense.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating performance) or as an alternative to cash flow (as a measure of liquidity or ability to service debt obligations), but each provides additional information for evaluating our ability to make the Minimum Quarterly Distribution.

40


EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated as follows:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net income

 

$

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

7,602

 

 

 

20,376

 

Amortization of debt issuance cost

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

1,281

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

8,716

 

 

 

6,775

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

31,575

 

 

 

27,882

 

EBITDA (a)

 

 

104,686

 

 

 

83,214

 

(Increase) / decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(11,408

)

 

 

(2,193

)

Other income, net

 

 

(7,043

)

 

 

-

 

Adjusted EBITDA (a)

 

 

86,235

 

 

 

81,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add / (subtract)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(7,602

)

 

 

(20,376

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(8,716

)

 

 

(6,775

)

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

 

 

6,283

 

 

 

1,639

 

Increase in receivables

 

 

(37,149

)

 

 

(19,844

)

Decrease (increase)  in inventories

 

 

4,177

 

 

 

(10,598

)

Decrease in customer credit balances

 

 

(6,563

)

 

 

(23,085

)

Change in deferred taxes

 

 

14,685

 

 

 

10,134

 

Change in other operating assets and liabilities

 

 

6,110

 

 

 

8,942

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

57,460

 

 

$

21,058

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(65,252

)

 

$

(66,381

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

$

(30,135

)

 

$

(41,157

)

 

(a)

EBITDA (Earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) and Adjusted EBITDA (Earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, (increase) decrease in the fair value of derivatives, net other income, multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charge, gain or loss on debt redemption, goodwill impairment, and other non-cash and non-operating charges) are non-GAAP financial measures that are used as supplemental financial measures by management and external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks and research analysts, to assess:

 

our compliance with certain financial covenants included in our debt agreements;

 

our financial performance without regard to financing methods, capital structure, income taxes or historical cost basis;

 

our operating performance and return on invested capital compared to those of other companies in the retail distribution of refined petroleum products, without regard to financing methods and capital structure;

 

 

our ability to generate cash sufficient to pay interest on our indebtedness and to make distributions to our partners; and

 

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return of alternative investment opportunities.

The method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA may not be consistent with that of other companies, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA both have limitations as analytical tools and so should not be viewed in isolation and should be viewed in conjunction with measurements that are computed in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash used for capital expenditures;

41


 

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements;

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash necessary to make payments of interest or principal on our indebtedness; and

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash required to pay taxes.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Volume

For fiscal 2017, retail volume of home heating oil and propane sold increased by 14.4 million gallons, or 4.8%, to 316.9 million gallons, compared to 302.5 million gallons for fiscal 2016. For those locations where we had existing operations during both periods, which we sometimes refer to as the “base business” (i.e., excluding acquisitions), temperatures (measured on a heating degree day basis) for fiscal 2017 were 7.0% colder than fiscal 2016 but 12.4% warmer than normal, as reported by NOAA. For fiscal 2017, net customer attrition for the base business was 1.5%. The impact of fuel conservation, along with any period-to-period differences in delivery scheduling, the timing of accounts added or lost during the fiscal years, equipment efficiency, and other volume variances not otherwise described, are included in the chart below under the heading “Other.” An analysis of the change in the retail volume of home heating oil and propane, which is based on management’s estimates, sampling, and other mathematical calculations and certain assumptions, is found below:

 

(in millions of gallons)

 

Heating Oil

and Propane

 

Volume - Fiscal 2016

 

 

302.5

 

Acquisitions

 

 

4.2

 

Impact of colder temperatures

 

 

18.6

 

Net customer attrition

 

 

(7.5

)

Other

 

 

(0.9

)

Change

 

 

14.4

 

Volume - Fiscal 2017

 

 

316.9

 

 

The following chart sets forth the percentage by volume of total home heating oil sold to residential variable-price customers, residential price-protected customers, and commercial/industrial/other customers for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Customers

 

September 30, 2017

 

 

September 30, 2016

 

Residential Variable

 

 

42.4

%

 

 

40.8

%

Residential Price-Protected

 

 

45.2

%

 

 

46.5

%

Commercial/Industrial/Other

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

12.7

%

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

Volume of other petroleum products sold increased by 2.6 million gallons, or 2.4%, to 112.1 million gallons for fiscal 2017, compared to 109.5 million gallons for fiscal 2016, mainly attributable to acquisitions.

42


Product Sales

For fiscal 2017, product sales increased $154.1 million, or 16.9%, to $1.1 billion, compared to $0.9 billion for fiscal 2016, reflecting an increase in wholesale product costs of $0.2642 per gallon, or 20.2%, and an increase in total volume of 4.1%.

Installations and Services Sales

For fiscal 2017, installation and service sales increased $8.2 million, or 3.3%, to $258.5 million, compared to $250.3 million for fiscal 2016, largely due to higher air conditioning installation and service, sales growth in other services and acquisitions.

Cost of Product

For fiscal 2017, cost of product increased $135.6 million, or 25.1%, to $675.4 million, compared to $539.8 million for fiscal 2016, due largely to a $0.2642 per gallon, or 20.2%, increase in wholesale product cost and an increase in total volume of 4.1%.

Gross Profit—Product

The table below calculates our per gallon margins and reconciles product gross profit for home heating oil and propane and other petroleum products. We believe the change in home heating oil and propane margins should be evaluated before the effects of increases or decreases in the fair value of derivative instruments, as we believe that realized per gallon margins should not include the impact of non-cash changes in the market value of hedges before the settlement of the underlying transaction. On that basis, home heating oil and propane margins for fiscal 2017 increased by $0.0086 per gallon, or 0.8%, to $1.1308 per gallon, from $1.1222 per gallon during fiscal 2016. Our ability to achieve the per gallon margins in fiscal 2017 was due in part to the warm weather and relatively low cost of product. Going forward, we cannot assume that the per gallon margins realized in fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2016 are sustainable, for future periods. Product sales and cost of product include home heating oil, propane, other petroleum products and liquidated damages billings.

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

 

September 30, 2016

 

Home Heating Oil and Propane

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

Volume

 

 

316.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

302.5

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

854.1

 

 

$

2.6951

 

 

$

731.2

 

 

$

2.4172

 

Cost

 

$

495.7

 

 

$

1.5643

 

 

$

391.7

 

 

$

1.2950

 

Gross Profit

 

$

358.4

 

 

$

1.1308

 

 

$

339.5

 

 

$

1.1222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Petroleum Products

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

Per

Gallon

 

Volume

 

 

112.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

109.5

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

211.0

 

 

$

1.8822

 

 

$

179.8

 

 

$

1.6415

 

Cost

 

$

179.7

 

 

$

1.6025

 

 

$

148.1

 

 

$

1.3520

 

Gross Profit

 

$

31.3

 

 

$

0.2797

 

 

$

31.7

 

 

$

0.2895

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Product

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

1,065.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

911.0

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

$

675.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

539.8

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

$

389.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

371.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

43


For fiscal 2017, total product gross profit was $389.7 million, which was $18.5 million, or 5.0%, more than fiscal 2016, due to an increase in home heating oil and propane volume ($16.1 million) sold at slightly higher margins ($2.7 million), reduced by lower gross profit from other petroleum products ($0.3 million).

Cost of Installations and Services

Total installation costs for fiscal 2017 increased by $2.8 million, or 3.7%, to $78.7 million, compared to $75.9 million in installation costs for fiscal 2016, largely due to higher air conditioning installations, sales growth in other services and acquisitions. Installation costs as a percentage of installation sales for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 were 82.8% and 83.7%, respectively.

Service expense increased $7.9 million, or 5.1% to $161.0 million for fiscal 2017, representing 98.5% of service sales, versus $153.1 million, or 95.9% of service sales, for fiscal 2016. Of the total year-over-year increase, service expenses rose by $3.5 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2017 primarily due to the higher need to service our customer base in response to 33.6% colder temperatures versus the first quarter of fiscal 2016 (which was unusually warm). Service expenses also increased during the fiscal year due to costs required to support the rise in air conditioning service revenue, expense attributable to the growth in other services, expansion of our propane business, training costs for our new service platform, and acquisitions as well as normal expense increases. We realized a combined gross profit from service and installation of $18.8 million for fiscal 2017 compared to a combined gross profit of $21.3 million for fiscal 2016. We have evaluated our pricing and staffing models for our service offerings in several markets to increase the overall service profitability. Management views the service and installation department on a combined basis because many overhead functions cannot be separated or precisely allocated to either service or installation billings.

(Increase) Decrease in the Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

During fiscal 2017, the change in the fair value of derivative instruments resulted in a $2.2 million credit as an increase in the market value for unexpired hedges (a $3.7 million credit) was partially offset by a $1.5 million charge due to the expiration of certain hedged positions.

During fiscal 2016, the change in the fair value of derivative instruments resulted in a $18.2 million credit due to the expiration of certain hedged positions (a $15.3 million credit) and an increase in the market value of unexpired hedges (a $2.9 million credit).

Delivery and Branch Expenses

For fiscal 2017, delivery and branch expenses increased $30.0 million, or 10.9%, to $306.5 million, compared to $276.5 million for fiscal 2016, due to the absence of a $12.5 million credit as was recorded in the first quarter of 2016 under our weather hedge contract, higher delivery expenses of $2.5 million, or 3.0%, due in part to the increase in home heating oil and propane volume of 3.4% in the base business, costs related to acquired entities of $4.5 million, higher sales commissions and premiums related to obtaining new accounts of $1.4 million, higher bank and credit card processing fees of $0.9 million due to a 14% increase in revenues, and an increase in spending of $8.2 million largely due to additional staffing in the areas of information technology, customer service, operations management, sales and marketing, and the costs related to implementing new technology. We believe the $8.2 million expense increase along with the higher premiums and sales commissions contributed to and positively impacted the 16,700 account improvement in net customer attrition.

Depreciation and Amortization

For fiscal 2017, depreciation and amortization expense increased by $1.4 million, or 5.1%, to $27.9 million, compared to $26.5 million for fiscal 2016 as a result of accelerated amortization of certain tradenames related to rebranding.

44


General and Administrative Expenses

For fiscal 2017, general and administrative expenses increased $1.6 million, to $25.0 million, from $23.4 million for fiscal 2016, primarily due to higher legal and professional expense of $0.9 million and increased staffing of $0.6 million primarily in the human resource area.

Finance Charge Income

For fiscal 2017, finance charge income increased by $1.0 million, or 31.7%, to $4.1 million compared to $3.1 million for fiscal 2016. The income primarily represents late customer payment charges. The increase in the wholesale cost of product and the increase in volume led to higher product sales and thus an increase in accounts receivable balances subject to a finance charge.

Interest Expense, Net

For fiscal 2017, interest expense decreased $0.7 million, or 9.5%, to $6.8 million compared to $7.5 million for fiscal 2016 as a reduction in debt of $16.2 million and an increase in income earned on cash balances was partially offset by an increase in long-term borrowing rates.

Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs

For fiscal 2017, amortization of debt issuance costs was $1.3 million unchanged from fiscal 2016.

Income Tax Expense

For fiscal 2017, income tax expense decreased by $13.4 million to $20.4 million, from $33.7 million for fiscal 2016, primarily due to a decrease in income before income taxes of $31.4 million. Our effective income tax rate was 43.1% for fiscal 2017, compared to 42.9% for fiscal 2016.

Net Income

For fiscal 2017, net income decreased $18.0 million, or 40.1%, to $26.9 million, from $44.9 million for fiscal 2016 largely due to the decline in pretax income of $31.4 million.

Adjusted EBITDA

For fiscal 2017, Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $14.7 million, or 15.4%, to $81.0 million as the impact of higher home heating oil and propane volume sold and slightly higher home heating oil and propane margins were more than offset by the absence of a $12.5 million credit as was recorded in the first quarter of 2016 under our weather hedge contract, lower services and installations gross profit, additional staffing expenses in the areas of information technology, customer service, operations management, human resources and sales and marketing and other expense increases.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating performance) or as an alternative to cash flow (as a measure of liquidity or ability to service debt obligations), but each provides additional information for evaluating our ability to make the Minimum Quarterly Distribution.

45


EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated as follows:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

20,376

 

 

 

33,738

 

Amortization of debt issuance cost

 

 

1,281

 

 

 

1,247

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

7,485

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

27,882

 

 

 

26,530

 

EBITDA (a)

 

 

83,214

 

 

 

113,934

 

(Increase) / decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

(18,217

)

Adjusted EBITDA (a)

 

 

81,021

 

 

 

95,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add / (subtract)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(20,376

)

 

 

(33,738

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(6,775

)

 

 

(7,485

)

Provision (recovery) for losses on accounts receivable

 

 

1,639

 

 

 

(639

)

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivables

 

 

(19,844

)

 

 

10,965

 

(Increase) decrease in inventories

 

 

(10,598

)

 

 

9,979

 

(Decrease) increase in customer credit balances

 

 

(23,085

)

 

 

6,490

 

Change in deferred taxes

 

 

10,134

 

 

 

9,670

 

Change in other operating assets and liabilities

 

 

8,942

 

 

 

10,998

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

21,058

 

 

$

101,957

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(66,381

)

 

$

(19,631

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

$

(41,157

)

 

$

(43,646

)

 

(a)

EBITDA (Earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) and Adjusted EBITDA (Earnings from continuing operations before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, (increase) decrease in the fair value of derivatives, net other income, net, multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charge, gain or loss on debt redemption, goodwill impairment, and other non-cash and non-operating charges) are non-GAAP financial measures that are used as supplemental financial measures by management and external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks and research analysts, to assess:

 

our compliance with certain financial covenants included in our debt agreements;

 

our financial performance without regard to financing methods, capital structure, income taxes or historical cost basis;

 

our operating performance and return on invested capital compared to those of other companies in the retail distribution of refined petroleum products, without regard to financing methods and capital structure;

 

 

our ability to generate cash sufficient to pay interest on our indebtedness and to make distributions to our partners; and

 

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return of alternative investment opportunities.

The method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA may not be consistent with that of other companies, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA both have limitations as analytical tools and so should not be viewed in isolation

46


and should be viewed in conjunction with measurements that are computed in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash used for capital expenditures;

 

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements;

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash necessary to make payments of interest or principal on our indebtedness; and

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash required to pay taxes.

DISCUSSION OF CASH FLOWS

We use the indirect method to prepare our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Under this method, we reconcile net income to cash flows provided by operating activities by adjusting net income for those items that impact net income but may not result in actual cash receipts or payment during the period.

Operating Activities

Due to the seasonal nature of our business, cash is generally used in operations during the winter (our first and second fiscal quarters) as we require additional working capital to support the high volume of sales during this period, and cash is generally provided by operating activities during the spring and summer (our third and fourth quarters) when customer payments exceed the cost of deliveries.

During fiscal 2018, cash provided by operating activities increased by $36.4 million to $57.5 million, compared to $21.1 million of cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2017. The $25.2 million increase in cash generated from operations was largely due to the impact of certain tax planning initiatives and the Tax Reform Act on current income taxes and to, a lesser extent, the increase in Adjusted EBITDA.  Cash was used to finance an increase in accounts receivable of $17.3 million due to an increase in selling prices driven by higher product costs and an increase in day’s sales outstanding over a comparative two year period. On a comparative basis, the decline of $16.5 million in cash used due to the change in customer credit balances was largely due to the weather conditions in 2016. Fiscal 2016 was 17.8 % warmer than normal and as a result, customers on a budget payment plan built up a credit balance as payments exceeded actual deliveries. Customers used this balance at the end of 2016 to pay for sales in fiscal 2017. To a lesser extent, the same pattern occurred in fiscal 2018 when compared to fiscal 2017 as fiscal 2018 was 4.7 % warmer than normal and fiscal 2017 was 12.4 % warmer than normal. At the end of fiscal 2017, the Company increased its liquid product inventory to take advantage of market conditions. At September 30, 2018 inventory levels were reduced to approximately the same quantity of liquid product inventory as of September 30, 2016. As a result of these changes in quantities on hand as well as increases in per gallon product costs, a $14.8 million positive change in cash was provided. In addition, the Company recorded an income tax receivable of $5.8 million at September which was the driver of the increase in other assets.

During fiscal 2017, cash provided by operating activities decreased by $80.9 million to $21.1 million, when compared to $102.0 million of cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2016, due to an unfavorable change in cash relating to accounts receivable of $60.4 million (including customer credit balances) and an increase in the cash used to purchase inventory of $20.6 million. The impact of colder weather and an increase in per gallon product cost drove increases in accounts receivable and product purchases and resulted in a much higher, albeit expected, use of cash. 

Investing Activities

Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2018 totaled $13.6 million, as we invested in computer hardware and software ($3.7 million), refurbished certain physical plants ($2.2 million), expanded our propane operations

47


($2.5 million) and made additions to our fleet and other equipment ($5.2 million). We also received $6.8 million of cash proceeds from the sale of our security business to a national dealer and completed six acquisitions for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.2 million; $23.7 million in cash and $1.5 million of deferred liabilities.  The gross purchase price was allocated $15.3 million to intangible assets, $7.5 million to fixed assets and $2.4 million to working capital.

In October 2017, we deposited $34.2 million of cash into an irrevocable trust to secure certain liabilities for our captive insurance company and, as a result, $36.6 million of letters of credit were cancelled that previously had secured these liabilities. Subsequently, $1.0 million of earnings have been reinvested into the irrevocable trust. The cash deposited into the trust is shown on our balance sheet as Investments and, correspondingly, reduced cash on our balance sheet. We believe that the investment into the irrevocable trust will lower our letter of credit fees, increase interest income on invested cash balances, and provide us with certain tax advantages attributable to a captive insurance company.

Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2017 totaled $12.2 million, as we invested in computer hardware and software ($4.1 million), refurbished certain physical plants ($2.5 million), expanded our propane operations ($2.5 million) and made additions to our fleet ($2.9 million) and other equipment ($0.2 million). We also completed seven acquisitions for aggregate purchase price of approximately $44.8 million; comprised of $43.3 million in cash and $1.5 million of deferred liabilities (including $0.6 million of contingent consideration). The gross purchase price was allocated $37.5 million to intangible assets, $10.2 million to fixed assets and reduced by $2.9 million in working capital credits.

In fiscal 2017 we also deposited $11.6 million into an irrevocable trust to secure certain liabilities for our newly created captive insurance company.

Financing Activities

During fiscal 2018, we paid distributions of $24.9 million to our Common Unit holders, $0.7 million to our general partner (including $0.6 million of incentive distributions as provided in our Partnership Agreement). We also repurchased 2.8 million Common Units for $26.7 million in connection with our unit repurchase plan. In addition, we amended and extended our bank credit facility which resulted in a $23.7 million increase in bank term debt from $76.3 million to $100 million at September 30, 2018. Our borrowings under the revolving line of credit for working capital purposes increased by $1.5 million, as we borrowed $161.6 million during the year and subsequently repaid $160.1 million.

During fiscal 2017, we paid distributions of $23.8 million to our common unit holders, $0.6 million to our general partner (including $0.5 million of incentive distributions) and repaid $16.2 million of our term-loan

FINANCING AND SOURCES OF LIQUIDITY

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary uses of liquidity are to provide funds for our working capital, capital expenditures, distributions on our units, acquisitions and unit repurchases. Our ability to provide funds for such uses depends on our future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic, financial, business and weather conditions, the ability to pass on the full impact of high product costs to customers, the effects of high net customer attrition, conservation and other factors. Capital requirements, at least in the near term, are expected to be provided by cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand as of September 30, 2018 ($14.5 million) or a combination thereof. To the extent future capital requirements exceed cash on hand plus cash flows from operating activities, we anticipate that working capital will be financed by our revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2018, we had borrowed $1.5 million under our revolving credit facility, had $100 million outstanding under our term loan, and $7.1 million in letters of credit were outstanding.

 

Under the terms of the fourth amended and restated credit agreement, we must maintain at all times Availability (borrowing base less amounts borrowed and letters of credit issued) of 12.5% of the maximum facility size and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.1. While the term loan is outstanding we must maintain a senior secured leverage ratio that at any time cannot be more than 3.0 as calculated during the quarters ending June

48


or September, and at any time no more than 4.5 as calculated during the quarters ending December or March. As of September 30, 2018, Availability, as defined in the Credit Agreement, was $189.0 million and we were in compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio and senior secured leverage ratio.

For fiscal 2019, capital expenditures primarily for maintenance purposes are estimated to be approximately $10.6 million, excluding the capital requirements for leased fleet which we currently estimate to be $13.7 million. In addition, we plan to invest an additional $2.3 million in our propane operations including one start-up operation. Distributions for fiscal 2019, at the current quarterly level of $0.1175 per unit, would equate to approximately $24.8 million, in aggregate, paid to common and unit holders, $0.7 million to our general partner (including $0.7 million of incentive distribution as provided for in our Partnership Agreement) and $0.7 million to management pursuant to the management incentive compensation plan which provides for certain members of management to receive incentive distributions that would otherwise be payable to the general partner. Under the terms of our credit facility, our term-loan is repayable in quarterly payments of $2.5 million and we expect to repay $7.5 million in fiscal 2019. We also intend to continue to repurchase Common Units pursuant to our unit repurchase plan and seek attractive acquisition opportunities within the Availability constraints of our Credit Agreement and funding resources.

In addition to inflationary pressures on operating expenses and the additional expenses associated with the six acquisitions completed in fiscal 2018, the Company anticipates an estimated increase in operating expenses of $3.0 to $4.0 million in fiscal 2019 over 2018 to fund our concierge service.  The Company is monitoring the expense levels associated with the roll out of the concierge program to determine that the revenues generated from the program justify the additional costs.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no special purpose entities or off balance sheet debt, other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Long-term contractual obligations, except for our long-term debt and New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund withdrawal obligations, are not recorded in our consolidated balance sheet. Non-cancelable purchase obligations are obligations we incur during the normal course of business, based on projected needs. The Company had no capital lease obligations as of September 30, 2018

The table below summarizes the payment schedule of our contractual obligations at September 30, 2018 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Payments Due by Fiscal Year

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

and 2021

 

 

2022

and 2023

 

 

Thereafter

 

Debt obligations (a)

 

$

101,500

 

 

$

9,000

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

72,500

 

 

$

 

Operating lease obligations (b)

 

 

127,554

 

 

 

21,548

 

 

 

36,159

 

 

 

23,168

 

 

 

46,679

 

Purchase obligations and other (c)

 

 

68,801

 

 

 

14,902

 

 

 

10,825

 

 

 

5,698

 

 

 

37,376

 

Interest obligations (d)

 

 

25,492

 

 

 

10,195

 

 

 

9,132

 

 

 

6,165

 

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet

 

 

1,546

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

324,893

 

 

$

55,995

 

 

$

76,816

 

 

$

108,027

 

 

$

84,055

 

 

(a)

Excludes potential prepayments resulting from Excess Cash Flow as defined in our Credit Agreement beyond fiscal year 2018.

(b)

Represents various operating leases for office space, trucks, vans and other equipment with third parties.

(c)

Represents non-cancelable commitments as of September 30, 2018 for operations such as weather hedge premiums, customer related invoice and statement processing, voice and data phone/computer services, real estate taxes on leased property and our undiscounted future payment obligations to the New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund.

(d)

Reflects interest obligations on our term loan due July 2023 and the unused commitment fee on the revolving credit facility.

49


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The FASB has also issued several updates to ASU 2014-09. This ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. We plan to adopt the standard beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 by using the cumulative effect transition method. The Company does not expect that the standard will have a material impact on its revenue streams, and consolidated financial statements. The standard does require additional disclosures. Upon adoption of the standard we will include additional disclosure of our revenue streams, performance obligations for our contracts with customers, contract asset and liability balances, and revenue generated from contract liabilities.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. The FASB has also issued several updates to ASU 2016-02.  The update requires all leases with a term greater than twelve months to be recognized on the balance sheet by calculating the discounted present value of such leases and accounting for them through a right-of-use asset and an offsetting lease liability, and the disclosure of key information pertaining to leasing arrangements. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not intend to early adopt. The Company is continuing to evaluate the effect that ASU No. 2016-02 could have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not yet selected a transition method. The new guidance will materially change how we account for operating leases for office space, trucks and other equipment. Upon adoption, we expect to recognize discounted right-of-use assets and offsetting lease liabilities related to our operating leases of office space, trucks and other equipment. As of September 30, 2018, the undiscounted future minimum lease payments through 2033 for such operating leases are approximately $127.6 million, but what amount of leasing activity is expected between September 30, 2018, and the date of adoption, are currently unknown. For this reason we are unable to estimate the discounted right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as of the date of adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. The update broadens the information that an entity should consider in developing expected credit loss estimates, eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold, and allows for the immediate recognition of the full amount of expected credit losses. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not yet determined the timing of adoption.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flow (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The update addresses the issues of debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2016-15 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the definition of a business. The update clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2017-01 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 230): Simplifying the test for goodwill impairment. The update simplifies how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds

50


the reporting unit’s fair value, but not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not determined the timing of adoption, but does not expect ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General: Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans, which modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans by removing and adding certain disclosures for these plans. The new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2018-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not determined the timing of adoption.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software: Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract, which will align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2018-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not determined the timing of adoption.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles requires management to establish accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company evaluates its policies and estimates on an on-going basis. A change in any of these critical accounting estimates could have a material effect on the results of operations. The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements may differ based upon different estimates and assumptions. The Company’s critical accounting estimates have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe the following are our critical accounting policies and estimates:

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We calculate amortization using the straight-line method over periods ranging from five to twenty years for intangible assets with finite useful lives based on historical statistics. We use amortization methods and determine asset values based on our best estimates using reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections. Key assumptions used to determine the value of these intangibles include projections of future customer attrition or growth rates, product margin increases, operating expenses, our cost of capital, and corporate income tax rates. For significant acquisitions we may engage a third party valuation firm to assist in the valuation of intangible assets of that acquisition. We assess the useful lives of intangible assets based on the estimated period over which we will receive benefit from such intangible assets such as historical evidence regarding customer churn rate. In some cases, the estimated useful lives are based on contractual terms. At September 30, 2018, we had $98.4 million of net intangible assets subject to amortization. If lives were shortened by one year, we estimate that amortization for these assets for fiscal 2018 would have increased by approximately $4.7 million.

FASB ASC 350-10-05, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, requires goodwill to be assessed at least annually for impairment. The Company has one reporting unit and performs its annual assessment at the end of August. As provided for by the standard, we performed qualitative assessments (commonly referred to as Step 0) to evaluate whether it is more-likely-than-not (a likelihood that is more than 50%) that goodwill has been impaired, as a basis to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative impairment test. The Company’s qualitative assessment included a review of factors such as our reporting unit’s market value compared to its carrying value, our short-term and long-term unit price performance, our planned overall business strategy compared to recent financial

51


results, as well as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, and other relevant Company-specific events. In considering the totality of the qualitative factors assessed, based on the weight of evidence it was determined that it was not more-likely-than-not that goodwill was impaired as of August 31, 2018, and as such it was determined that further goodwill testing was not necessary.

Intangible assets with finite lives must be assessed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. The assessment for impairment requires estimates of future cash flows related to the intangible asset. To the extent the carrying value of the assets exceeds its future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recorded based on the fair value of the asset.

Fair Values of Derivatives

FASB ASC 815-10-05, Derivatives and Hedging, requires that derivative instruments be recorded at fair value and included in the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities. The Company has elected not to designate its derivative instruments as hedging instruments under this guidance, and the change in fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized in our statement of operations.

We have established the fair value of our derivative instruments using estimates determined by our counterparties and subsequently evaluated them internally using established index prices and other sources. These values are based upon, among other things, future prices, volatility, time-to-maturity value and credit risk. The estimate of fair value we report in our financial statements changes as these estimates are revised to reflect actual results, changes in market conditions, or other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Insurance Reserves

We currently self-insure a portion of workers’ compensation, auto, general liability and medical claims. We establish reserves based upon expectations as to what our ultimate liability may be for outstanding claims using developmental factors based upon historical claim experience, supplemented by a third-party actuary. We periodically evaluate the potential for changes in loss estimates with the support of qualified actuaries. As of September 30, 2018, we had approximately $72.1 million of net insurance reserves. The ultimate resolution of these claims could differ materially from the assumptions used to calculate the reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on results of operations.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to interest rate risk primarily through our bank credit facilities. We utilize these borrowings to meet our working capital needs.

At September 30, 2018, we had outstanding borrowings totaling $101.5 million, which are subject to variable interest rates under our Credit Agreement. In the event that interest rates associated with this facility were to increase 100 basis points, the after tax impact on annual future cash flows would be a decrease of $0.7 million.

We regularly use derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to market risk related to changes in the current and future market price of home heating oil. The value of market sensitive derivative instruments is subject to change as a result of movements in market prices. Sensitivity analysis is a technique used to evaluate the impact of hypothetical market value changes. Based on a hypothetical ten percent increase in the cost of product at September 30, 2018, the potential impact on our hedging activity would be to increase the fair market value of these outstanding derivatives by $15.7 million to a fair market value of $34.2 million; and conversely a hypothetical ten percent decrease in the cost of product would decrease the fair market value of these outstanding derivatives by $17.8 million to a fair market value of $0.7 million.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and financial statement schedules referred to in the index contained on page F-1 of this Report are incorporated herein by reference.

52


ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

Our general partner’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of September 30, 2018. Based on that evaluation, such chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2018 at the reasonable level of assurance. For purposes of Rule 13a-15(e), the term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its chief executive and chief financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the supervision of management and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2018.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018 has been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

(c) Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

(d) Other

Our general partner and the Company believe that a controls system, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. Therefore, a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide such reasonable assurances of achieving our desired control objectives, and the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of our general partner have concluded, as of September 30, 2018, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in achieving that level of reasonable assurance.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

53


PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Partnership Management

Our general partner is Kestrel Heat. The Board of Directors of Kestrel Heat is appointed by its sole member, Kestrel, which is a private equity investment partnership formed by Yorktown Energy Partners VI, L.P., Paul A. Vermylen Jr. and other investors.

Kestrel Heat, as our general partner, oversees our activities. Unitholders do not directly or indirectly participate in our management or operation or elect the directors of the general partner. The Board of Directors (sometimes referred to as the “Board”) of Kestrel Heat has adopted a set of Partnership Governance Guidelines in accordance with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. A copy of these Guidelines is available on our website at www.stargrouplp.com or a copy may be obtained without charge by contacting Richard F. Ambury, (203) 328-7310.

As of November 30, 2018, Kestrel Heat and its affiliates owned an aggregate of 500,000 common units, representing 1% of the issued and outstanding common units, and Kestrel Heat owned 325,729 general partner units.

The general partner owes a fiduciary duty to the unitholders. However, our Partnership Agreement contains provisions that allow the general partner to take into account the interests of parties other than the limited partners in resolving conflict of interest, thereby limiting such fiduciary duty. Notwithstanding any limitation on obligations or duties, the general partner will be liable, as our general partner, for all our debts (to the extent not paid by us), except to the extent that indebtedness or other obligations incurred by us are made specifically non-recourse to the general partner.

The general partner does not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managing or operating Star.

Directors and Executive Officers of the General Partner

Directors are appointed for an indefinite term, subject to the discretion of Kestrel. The following table shows certain information for directors and executive officers of the general partner as of November 30, 2018:

 

Name

  

Age

 

Position

Paul A. Vermylen, Jr.

  

71

 

Chairman, Director

Steven J. Goldman

  

58

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Richard F. Ambury

  

61

 

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary

Richard G. Oakley

  

58

 

Senior Vice President—Accounting

Henry D. Babcock(1)

  

78

 

Director

C. Scott Baxter(1)

 

57

 

Director

David M. Bauer

 

49

 

Director

Daniel P. Donovan

  

72

 

Director

Bryan H. Lawrence

  

76

 

Director

William P. Nicoletti (1)

  

73

 

Director

 

(1) 

Audit Committee member

Paul A. Vermylen, Jr. Mr. Vermylen has been the Chairman and a director of Kestrel Heat since April 28, 2006. Mr. Vermylen is a founder of Kestrel and has served as its President and as a manager since July 2005. Mr. Vermylen had been employed since 1971, serving in various capacities, including as a Vice President of Citibank N.A. and Vice President-Finance of Commonwealth Oil Refining Co. Inc. Mr. Vermylen served as Chief Financial Officer of Meenan Oil Co., L.P. (“Meenan”) from 1982 until 1992 and as President of Meenan until 2001, when we acquired Meenan. Since 2001, Mr. Vermylen has pursued private investment opportunities.

54


Mr. Vermylen serves as a director of certain non-public companies in the energy industry in which Kestrel holds equity interests including Downeast LNG, Inc. Mr. Vermylen is a graduate of Georgetown University and has an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Mr. Vermylen’s substantial experience in the home heating oil industry and his leadership skills and experience as an executive officer of Meenan, among other factors, led the Board to conclude that he should serve as the Chairman and a director of Kestrel Heat.

Steven J. Goldman. Mr. Goldman has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Kestrel Heat since October 1, 2013. Mr. Goldman has been a director of Kestrel Heat since October 29, 2013. From May 1, 2010 to September 30, 2013, Mr. Goldman was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Kestrel Heat, and was Senior Vice President of Operations from April 1, 2007 until April 30, 2010. Mr. Goldman was Vice President of Operations of Petro Holdings, Inc. from July 2004 until May 31, 2007. From February 2000 to June 2004, Mr. Goldman held various operating management positions with Petro. Prior to joining Petro Holdings, Inc. as a General Manager in 2000, Mr. Goldman worked for United Parcel Service from 1982 to 2000. Mr. Goldman has also held various positions within the management of companies in industrial engineering and those with international operations. Mr. Goldman is a graduate of the State University of New York at Stony Brook.

Mr. Goldman’s in-depth knowledge of the Company’s business and his substantial experience in the home heating oil industry, among other factors, led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director of Kestrel Heat.

Richard F. Ambury. Mr. Ambury has been Executive Vice President of Kestrel Heat since May 1, 2010 and has been Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Kestrel Heat since April 28, 2006. Mr. Ambury was Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Star Group from May 2005 until April 28, 2006. From November 2001 to May 2005, Mr. Ambury was Vice President and Treasurer of Star Group. From March 1999 to November 2001, Mr. Ambury was Vice President of Star Gas Propane, L.P. From February 1996 to March 1999, Mr. Ambury served as Vice President—Finance of Star Gas Corporation, a predecessor general partner. Mr. Ambury was employed by Petroleum Heat and Power Co., Inc. from June 1983 through February 1996, where he served in various accounting/finance capacities. From 1979 to 1983, Mr. Ambury was employed by a predecessor firm of KPMG, a public accounting firm. Mr. Ambury has been a Certified Public Accountant since 1981 and is a graduate of Marist College.

Richard G. Oakley. Mr. Oakley has been Senior Vice President of Kestrel Heat since May 1, 2014. From May 22, 2006 until April 30, 2014, Mr. Oakley was Vice President and Controller of Kestrel Heat. From September 1982 until May 2006 he held various positions with Meenan Oil Co. LP, most recently that of Controller since 1993. Mr. Oakley is a graduate of Long Island University.

Henry D. Babcock. Mr. Babcock has been a director of Kestrel Heat since April 28, 2006. He is also a director and the former President of The Caumsett Foundation, Inc., a non-profit that supports Caumsett Historic State Park Preserve. Until his retirement in 2010, Mr. Babcock had worked with Train, Babcock Advisors LLC, a private registered investment advisor, since 1976, becoming a Member in 1980. Prior to this, he ran an affiliated venture capital company active in the U.S. and abroad. Mr. Babcock received a BA from Yale University and an MBA from Columbia. He served in the U.S. Army for three years.

Mr. Babcock’s significant experience in capital markets, corporate finance and venture capital, among other factors, led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director of Kestrel Heat.

55


C. Scott Baxter. Mr. Baxter has been a director of Kestrel Heat since April 28, 2006. Mr. Baxter is currently Managing Partner of Green River Energy Partners, a boutique energy investment banking firm headquartered in New York City. Mr. Baxter has over 25 years of energy investment banking experience and has been a primary advisor in sourcing and executing over $150 billion in corporate M&A, restructuring and equity financing transactions in the energy industry. Mr. Baxter also has significant experience advising independent committees of boards including rendering over 30 independent fairness opinions spanning the upstream, downstream and midstream energy sectors including for many MLPs.

Mr. Baxter’s previous energy investment banking experience includes opening and running the Houston office for Petrie Partners, serving as Head of the Americas for J.P. Morgan’s global energy group, Managing Director in the global energy group at Citigroup (Salomon Brothers), and serving as head of the energy group for Houlihan Lokey.

Mr. Baxter holds a B.S. degree in Economics from Weber State University where he graduated cum laude, and received an MBA degree from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business. Mr. Baxter also served as an adjunct professor of finance at Columbia University’s Graduate School of Business from 2002 to 2006, and has been on the President’s National Advisory Council for Weber State University since 1996.

Mr. Baxter’s significant experience in finance, accounting, as an investor and as a senior investment banker focused in the energy industry, among other factors, led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director of Kestrel Heat.

David M. Bauer.  Mr. Bauer has served as the Chief Investment Officer of Lubar & Co. since 2005. Mr. Bauer’s work experience includes five years with Facilitator Capital Fund, a Wisconsin-based Small Business Investment Company, and 10 years with the accounting firm of Arthur Andersen, where he led the Wisconsin transaction advisory team assisting private equity funds and large corporations with their acquisitions and divestitures. He currently serves on the board of several private companies.

Mr. Bauer earned a Master of Business Administration degree from Marquette University in 2005 and a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Marquette University in 1991. He is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of the Wisconsin Institute of CPAs and the American Institute of CPAs.

Daniel P. Donovan. Mr. Donovan has been a director of Kestrel Heat since April 28, 2006. Mr. Donovan was Chief Executive Officer of Kestrel Heat from May 31, 2007 to September 30, 2013 and had been President from April 28, 2006 to September 30, 2013. From April 28, 2006 to May 30, 2007 Mr. Donovan was also the Chief Operating Officer of Kestrel Heat. Mr. Donovan was the President and Chief Operating Officer of a predecessor general partner, Star Gas LLC (“Star Gas”), from March 2005 until April 28, 2006. From May 2004 to March 2005 he was President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company’s heating oil segment. Mr. Donovan held various management positions with Meenan Oil Co. LP, from January 1980 to May 2004, including Vice President and General Manager from 1998 to 2004. Mr. Donovan worked for Mobil Oil Corp. from 1971 to 1980. His last position with Mobil was President and General Manager of its heating oil subsidiary in New York City and Long Island. Mr. Donovan is a graduate of St. Francis College in Brooklyn, New York and received an M.B.A. from Iona College.

Mr. Donovan’s in-depth knowledge of the Company’s business, having been its president and chief executive officer, and his substantial experience in the home heating oil industry, among other factors, led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director of Kestrel Heat.

Bryan H. Lawrence. Mr. Lawrence has been a director of Kestrel Heat since April 28, 2006 and a manager of Kestrel since July 2005. Mr. Lawrence is a founder and senior manager of Yorktown Partners LLC, the manager of the Yorktown group of investment partnerships, which make investments in companies engaged in the energy industry. The Yorktown partnerships were formerly affiliated with the investment firm of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., where Mr. Lawrence was employed beginning in 1966, serving as a Managing Director until the merger of Dillon Read with SBC Warburg in September 1997. Mr. Lawrence also serves as a director of Carbon Natural Resources, Hallador Petroleum Company, Ramaco Resources, Inc. (each a United States publicly traded company), and certain

56


non-public companies in the energy industry in which Yorktown partnerships hold equity interests. Mr. Lawrence is a graduate of Hamilton College and received an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Mr. Lawrence’s significant financial and investment experience, and experience as a founder of Yorktown Energy Partners LLC, among other factors, led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director of Kestrel Heat.

William P. Nicoletti. Mr. Nicoletti has been a director of Kestrel Heat since April 28, 2006. Mr. Nicoletti was the non-executive chairman of the board of Star Gas from March 2005 until April 28, 2006. Mr. Nicoletti was a director of Star Gas from March 1999 until April 28, 2006 and was a director of Star Gas Corporation from November 1995 until March 1999. Since February 1, 2009, he has been a Managing Director of Parkman Whaling LLC, a Houston, Texas based energy investment banking firm. Previously, he was Managing Director of Nicoletti & Company, Inc., a private investment banking firm. Mr. Nicoletti was formerly a senior officer and head of Energy Investment Banking for E. F. Hutton & Company, Inc., PaineWebber Incorporated and McDonald Investments, Inc. Mr. Nicoletti is a graduate of Seton Hall University and received an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Mr. Nicoletti’s current and prior leadership experience in the energy investment banking industry and his significant experience in finance, accounting and corporate governance matters, among other factors, led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director of Kestrel Heat.

Director Independence

Section 303A of the New York Stock Exchange listed company manual provides that limited partnerships are not required to have a majority of independent directors. It is the policy of the Board of Directors that the Board shall at all times have at least three independent directors or such higher number as may be necessary to comply with the applicable federal securities law requirements. For the purposes of this policy, “independent director” has the meaning set forth in Section 10A(m) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any applicable stock exchange rules and the rules and regulations promulgated in the Partnership governance guidelines available on its website www.stargrouplp.com. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Nicoletti, Babcock, and Baxter are independent directors.

Meetings of Directors

During fiscal 2018, the Board of Directors of Kestrel Heat met six times. All directors attended each meeting.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Kestrel Heat’s Board of Directors has one standing committee, the Audit Committee. Its members are appointed by the Board of Directors for a one-year term and until their respective successors are elected. The NYSE corporate governance standards do not require limited partnerships to have a Nominating or Compensation Committee.

Audit Committee

William P. Nicoletti, Henry D. Babcock and C. Scott Baxter have been appointed to serve on the Audit Committee, which has adopted an Audit Committee Charter. Mr. Nicoletti serves as chairman of the Audit Committee. A copy of this charter is available on the Company’s website at www.stargrouplp.com or a copy may be obtained without charge by contacting Richard F. Ambury at (203) 328-7310. The Audit Committee reviews the external financial reporting of the Company, selects and engages the Company’s independent registered public accountants and approves all non-audit engagements of the independent registered public accountants.

Members of the Audit Committee may not be employees of Kestrel Heat or its affiliated companies and must otherwise meet the New York Stock Exchange and SEC independence requirements for service on the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Nicoletti, Babcock and Baxter are independent directors in that they do not have any material relationships with the Company (either directly, or as a partner,

57


shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the Company) and they otherwise meet the independence requirements of the NYSE and the SEC. The Company’s Board of Directors has also determined that at least one member of the Audit Committee, Mr. Nicoletti, meets the SEC criteria of an “audit committee financial expert.” Please see Mr. Nicoletti’s biography under “Directors and Officers of the General Partner” for his relevant experience regarding his qualifications as an “audit committee financial expert.”

During fiscal 2018, the Audit Committee of Kestrel Heat, LLC met six times. All directors attended each meeting.

Reimbursement of Expenses of the General Partner

The general partner does not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of the Company. The general partner is reimbursed for all expenses incurred on behalf of the Company, including the cost of compensation that are properly allocable to the Company. The Partnership Agreement provides that the general partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Company in any reasonable manner determined by the general partner in its sole discretion. In addition, the general partner and its affiliates may provide services to the Company for which a reasonable fee would be charged as determined by the general partner. There were no reimbursements of the General Partner in fiscal year 2018.

Adoption of Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our officers and employees and our directors. A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.stargrouplp.com or a copy may be obtained without charge, by contacting Investor Relations, (203) 328-7310.

We intend to post amendments to or waivers of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (to the extent applicable to any executive officer or director) on our website.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Based on copies of reports furnished to us, we believe that during fiscal year 2018, all reporting persons complied with the Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to them.

Non-Management Directors and Interested Party Communications

The non-management directors on the Board of Directors of the general partner are Messrs. Babcock, Bauer, Baxter, Donovan, Lawrence, Nicoletti and Vermylen. The non-management directors have selected Mr. Vermylen, the Chairman of the Board, to serve as lead director to chair executive sessions of the non-management directors. Interested parties who wish to contact the non-management directors as a group may do so by contacting Paul A. Vermylen, Jr. c/o Star Group, L.P., 9 West Broad Street, Suite 310, Stamford, CT 06902.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Our Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, provides that our general partner, Kestrel Heat, shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Company. The limited liability company agreement of the general partner provides that the business of the general partner shall be managed by a Board of Directors. The responsibility of the Board is to supervise and direct the management of the Company in the interest and for the benefit of our unitholders. Among the Board’s responsibilities is to regularly evaluate the performance and to approve the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and, with the advice of the Chief Executive Officer, regularly evaluate the performance and approve the compensation of key executives.

As a limited partnership that is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are not required to have a Compensation Committee. Since the Chairman of the general partner and the majority of the Board are not employees, the Board determined that it has adequate independence to act in the capacity of a Compensation

58


Committee to establish and review the compensation our executive officers and directors. The Board is comprised of Paul A. Vermylen Jr. (Chairman), Steven J. Goldman (President and Chief Executive Officer), Daniel P. Donovan, Henry D. Babcock, David M. Bauer, C. Scott Baxter, Bryan H. Lawrence, and William P. Nicoletti.

Throughout this Report, each person who served as chief executive officer (“CEO”) during fiscal 2018, each person who served as chief financial officer (“CFO”) during fiscal 2018 and the one other most highly compensated executive officer serving at September 30, 2018 (there being no other executive officers who earned more than $100,000 during fiscal 2018) are referred to as the “named executive officers” and are included in the Executive Compensation Table.

In this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we address the compensation paid or awarded to Messrs. Goldman, Ambury and Oakley. We refer to these executive officers as our “named executive officers.”

Compensation decisions for the above named executive officers were made by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Compensation Philosophy and Policies

The primary objectives of our compensation program, including compensation of the named executive officers, are to attract and retain highly qualified officers, employees and directors and to reward individual contributions to our success. The Board of Directors considers the following policies in determining the compensation of the named executive officers:

 

compensation should be related to the performance of the individual executive and the performance measured against both financial and non-financial achievements;

 

compensation levels should be competitive to ensure that we will be able to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified executive officers; and

 

compensation should be related to improving unitholder value over time.

Compensation Methodology

The elements of our compensation program for named executive officers are intended to provide a total incentive package designed to drive performance and reward contributions in support of business strategies at the Company. Subject to the terms of employment agreements that have been entered into with the named executive officers, all compensation determinations are discretionary and subject to the decision-making authority of the Board of Directors. We do not use benchmarking as a fixed criterion to determine compensation. Rather, after subjectively setting compensation based on the policies discussed above under “Compensation Philosophy and Policies”, we reviewed the compensation paid to officers holding similar positions at our peer group companies and certain information for privately held companies to obtain a general understanding of the reasonableness of base salaries and other compensation payable to our named executive officers. Our peer group of public companies was comprised of the following companies: Amerigas Partners, L.P., Suburban Propane Partners, L.P., Sprague Resourses, L.P. and Global Partners, L.P. We chose these companies because they are engaged in the distribution of energy products like us.

Elements of Executive Compensation

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, the principal components of compensation for the named executive officers were:

 

base salary;

 

annual discretionary profit sharing allocation;

 

management incentive compensation plan; and

 

retirement and health benefits.

59


Under our compensation structure, the mix of base salary, discretionary profit sharing allocation and long-term compensation provided to each executive officer varies depending on their position. The base salary for each executive officer is the only fixed component of compensation. All other compensation, including annual discretionary profit sharing allocation and long-term incentive compensation, is variable in nature.

The majority of the Company’s compensation allocation is weighted towards base salary and annual discretionary profit sharing allocation. In addition, during fiscal 2018, an aggregate of $267,082 was paid to the named executive officers under the terms of the management incentive compensation plan and represented a small portion of the executive compensation that was paid to these officers. If we are successful in increasing the overall level of distributions payable to unitholders, the amounts payable to the named executive officers under the management incentive compensation plan should increase.

We believe that together all of our compensation components provide a balanced mix of fixed compensation and compensation that is contingent upon each executive officer’s individual performance and our overall performance. A goal of the compensation program is to provide executive officers with a reasonable level of security through base salary and benefits, while rewarding them through incentive compensation to achieve business objectives and create unitholder value over time. We believe that each of our compensation components is important in achieving this goal. Base salaries provide executives with a base level of monthly income and security. Annual discretionary profit sharing allocations and long-term incentive awards provide an incentive to our executives to achieve business objectives that increase our financial performance, which creates unitholder value through continuity of, and increases in, distributions and increases in the market value of the units. In addition, we want to ensure that our compensation programs are appropriately designed to encourage executive officer retention, which is accomplished through all of our compensation elements.

Base Salary

The Board of Directors establishes base salaries for the named executive officers based on a number of factors, including:

 

The historical salaries for services rendered to the Company and responsibilities of the named executive officer.

 

The salaries of equivalent executive officers at our peer group companies and other data for our industry.

 

The prevailing levels of compensation and cost of living in the location in which the named executive officer works.

In determining the initial base compensation payable to individual named executive officers when they are first hired by Star, our starting point is the historical compensation levels that we have paid to officers performing similar functions over the past few years. We also consider the level of experience and accomplishments of individual candidates and general labor market conditions, including the availability of candidates to fill a particular position. When we make adjustments to the base salaries of existing named executive officers, we review the individual’s performance, the value each named executive officer brings to us and general labor market conditions.

Elements of individual performance considered, among others, without any specific weight given to each element, include business-related accomplishments during the year, difficulty and scope of responsibilities, effective leadership, experience, expected future contributions to the Company and difficulty of replacement. While base salary provides a base level of compensation intended to be competitive with the external market, the base salary for each named executive officer is determined on a subjective basis after consideration of these factors and is not based on target percentiles or other formal criteria. Although we believe that base salaries for our named executive officers are generally competitive with the external market, we do not use benchmarking as a fixed criterion to determine base compensation. Rather, after subjectively setting base salaries based on the above factors, we review the compensation paid to officers holding similar positions at our peer group companies to obtain a general understanding of the reasonableness of base salaries and other compensation payable to our named executive officers. We also take into account geographic differences for similar positions in the New York Metropolitan area. While cost of living is considered in determining annual increases, we do not typically provide full cost of living adjustments as salary increases are constrained by budgetary restrictions and the ability to fund the Company’s current cash needs such as interest expense, maintenance capital, income taxes and distributions.

60


Profit Sharing Allocations

We maintain a profit sharing pool for certain employees, including named executive officers, which is equal to approximately 6% of our earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding items affecting comparability (“adjusted EBITDA”) for the given fiscal year. The annual discretionary profit sharing allocations paid to the named executive officers are payable from this pool. The size of the pool fluctuates based upon upward or downwards changes in adjusted EBITDA and the size of an individual award to a named executive officer fluctuates based on the size of the profit sharing pool and the number of participants in the plan. Depending upon the size of the profit sharing pool, and the number of participants in the plan, the amount paid to the named executive officers could be more or less.

There are no set formulas for determining the amount payable to our named executive officers from the profit sharing plan. Factors considered by our CEO and the Board in determining the level of profit sharing allocations generally include, without assigning a particular weight to any factor:

 

whether or not we achieved certain budgeted goals for the year and any material shortfalls or superior performances relative to expectations. Under the plan, no profit sharing was payable with respect to fiscal 2018 unless we have achieved actual adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2018 of at least 70% of the amount of budgeted adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2018.

 

the level of difficulty associated with achieving such objectives based on the opportunities and challenges encountered during the year; and

 

significant transactions or accomplishments for the period not included in the goals for the year.

Our CEO takes these factors into consideration as well as the relative contributions of each of the named executive officers to the year’s performance in developing his recommendations for profit sharing amounts. Based on such assessment, our CEO submits recommendations to the Board of Directors for the annual profit sharing amounts to be paid to our named executive officers (other than the CEO), for the Board’s review and approval. Similarly, the Chairman assesses the CEO’s contribution toward meeting the Company’s goals based upon the above factors, and recommends to the Board of Directors a profit sharing allocation for the CEO it believes to be commensurate with such contribution.

The Board of Directors retains the ultimate discretion to determine whether the named executive officers will receive annual profit sharing allocations based upon the factors discussed above.

Management Incentive Compensation Plan

In fiscal 2007, following our recapitalization, the Board of Directors adopted the Management Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for certain named employees. Under the Plan, employees who participate shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share (as determined in the manner described below) of an amount in cash equal to:

 

50% of the distributions (“Incentive Distributions”) of Available Cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.0675 per unit otherwise distributable to Kestrel Heat pursuant to the Partnership Agreement on account of its general partner units; and

 

50% of the cash proceeds (the “Gains Interest”) which Kestrel Heat shall receive from any sale of its general partner units (as defined in the Partnership Agreement), less expenses and applicable taxes.

We believe that the Plan provides a long-term incentive to its participants because it encourages Star’s management to increase available cash for distributions in order to trigger the incentive distributions that are only payable if distributions from available cash exceeds certain target distribution levels, with higher amounts of incentive distributions triggered by higher levels of distributions. Such increases are not sustainable on a consistent basis without long-term improvements in our operations. In addition, under certain Plan amendments that were adopted in 2012, the participation points of existing plan participants will vest and become irrevocable over a four year period, provided that the participants continue to be employed by us during the vesting period. We believe that this will help ensure that the Plan participants, which include our named executive officers, will have a continuing personal interest in the success of Star.

61


The pro rata share payable to each participant under the Plan is based on the number of participation points as described under “Fiscal 2018 Compensation Decisions—Management Incentive Compensation Plan.” The amount paid in Incentive Distributions is governed by the Partnership Agreement and the calculation of Available Cash (as defined in our Partnership Agreement) is distributed to the holders of our common units and general partner units in the following manner:

First, 100% to all common units, pro rata, until there has been distributed to each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.0675 for that quarter;

Second, 100% to all common units, pro rata, until there has been distributed to each common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution for prior quarters;

Third, 100% to all general partner units, pro rata, until there has been distributed to each general partner unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution;

Fourth, 90% to all common units, pro rata, and 10% to all general partner units, pro rata, until each common unit has received the first target distribution of $0.1125; and

Finally, 80% to all common units, pro rata, and 20% to all general partner units, pro rata.

Available Cash, as defined in our Partnership Agreement, generally means all cash on hand at the end of the relevant fiscal quarter less the amount of cash reserves established by the Board of Directors of our general partner in its reasonable discretion for future cash requirements. These reserves are established for the proper conduct of our business, including acquisitions, the payment of debt principal and interest and for distributions during the next four quarters and to comply with applicable law and the terms of any debt agreements or other agreements to which we are subject. The Board of Directors of our general partner reviews the level of Available Cash each quarter based upon information provided by management.

To fund the benefits under the Plan, Kestrel Heat has agreed to permanently and irrevocably forego receipt of the amount of Incentive Distributions that are payable to plan participants. For accounting purposes, amounts payable to management under this Plan will be treated as compensation and will reduce both EBITDA and net income but not adjusted EBITDA. Kestrel Heat has also agreed to contribute to the Company, as a contribution to capital, an amount equal to the Gains Interest payable to participants in the Plan by the Company. The Company is not required to reimburse Kestrel Heat for amounts payable pursuant to the Plan.

The Plan is administered by our Chief Financial Officer under the direction of the Board or by such other officer as the Board may from time to time direct. In general, no payments will be made under the Plan if we are not distributing cash under the Incentive Distributions described above.

Effective as of July 19, 2012, the Board of Directors adopted certain amendments (the “Plan Amendments”) to the Plan. Under the Plan Amendments, the number and identity of the Plan participants and their participation interests in the Plan have been frozen at the current levels. In addition, under the Plan Amendments, the plan benefits (to the extent vested) may be transferred upon the death of a participant to his or her heirs. A participant’s vested percentage of his or her plan benefits will be 100% during the time a participant is an employee or consultant of the Company. Following the termination of such positions, a participant’s vested percentage shall be equal to 20% for each full or partial year of employment or consultation with us starting with the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 (33 1/3% in the case of the Company’s chief executive officer at that time).

We distributed $599,572 in Incentive Distributions under the Plan during fiscal 2018, including payments to the named executive officers of approximately $267,082. With regard to the Gains Interest, Kestrel Heat has not given any indication that it will sell its general partner units within the next twelve months. Thus the Plan’s value attributable to the Gains Interest currently cannot be determined.

62


Retirement and Health Benefits

We offer a health and welfare and retirement program to all eligible employees. The named executive officers are generally eligible for the same programs on the same basis as other employees of Star. We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Under the 401(k) plan, subject to IRS limitations, each participant can contribute from 0% to 60% of compensation.

We make a 4% (or a maximum of 5.5% for participants who had 10 or more years of service at the time our defined benefit plans were frozen and who have reached the age 55) core contribution of a participant’s compensation and generally can match 2/3 (up to 3.0%) of a participant’s contributions, subject to IRS limitations.

In addition, we have two frozen defined benefit pension plans that were maintained for all its eligible employees, including certain executive officers. The present value of accumulated benefits under these frozen defined benefit pension plans for certain executive officers is provided in the table labeled, pension plans pursuant to which named executive officers have an accumulated benefit but are not currently accruing benefits.

Fiscal 2018 Compensation Decisions

For fiscal 2018, the foregoing elements of compensation were applied as follows

Base Salary

The following table sets forth each named executive officer’s base salary as of October 1, 2018 and the percentage increase in base salary over October 1, 2017. The current base salaries for our named executive officers were determined based upon the factors discussed under the caption “Base Salary.” The average percentage increase in base salary for executives in our peer group was approximately 3.6%.

 

Name

 

Salary

 

 

Percentage Change

From Prior Year

 

Steven J. Goldman

 

$

481,000

 

 

 

3.4

%

Richard F. Ambury

 

$

411,190

 

 

 

5.0

%

Richard G. Oakley

 

$

262,250

 

 

 

2.3

%

 

Annual Discretionary Profit Sharing Allocation

Based on the annual performance reviews for our CEO and named executive officers, the Board approved annual profit sharing allocations as reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table” and notes thereto. For fiscal 2018 the profit sharing amounts reflected in the Summary Compensation Table are 10%, 8%, and 9% lower than fiscal 2017 for Messrs. Goldman, Ambury, and Oakley, respectively. One of our primary performance measures for profit sharing purpose is Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $5.2 million, or 6.4%, to $86.2 million for fiscal 2018. For our peer group, the average percentage increase in Adjusted EBITDA was 18.3%, but the average percentage increase in total compensation was 61.9%. Another performance measure is acquisitions and in fiscal 2018, we completed six acquisitions with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.2 million ($23.7 million in cash and $1.5 million of deferred liabilities) and added approximately 16,950 customers. Messrs. Goldman, Ambury, and Oakley were instrumental in the analysis that led to the successful integration of these transactions. Mr. Goldman continued to focus on our initiatives to increase revenues other than through the sale of home heating oil, such as the expansion of our concierge service, and organically expanding our presence in the distribution of propane. In the first quarter of fiscal 2018 we deposited $34.2 million of cash into the irrevocable trust to secure certain workers’ compensation, general and automobile liability claims incurred and expected to be incurred from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2018. This deposit for our captive insurance company resulted in a tax deduction at a blended rate of 41.5%  At a special meeting of unitholders held on October 25, 2017, our unitholders voted in favor of proposals to have the Company elect to be treated as a corporation, instead of a partnership, for federal income tax purposes (commonly referred to as a “check-the-box election”), along with amendments to our partnership agreement to effect such changes in income tax classification, in each case effective November 1, 2017. In July 2018, the Company amended and extended its bank agreement which increased

63


availability by $33.7 million. Messrs. Ambury and Oakley were instrumental in the preceding tax planning strategy, securing the unit holder vote and extending and amending the bank facility.

Management Incentive Compensation Plan

In 2012 under the Plan Amendments adopted by the Board, the number and identity of the Plan participants and their participation points were frozen at the current levels in order to more closely align the interests of Plan participants and unitholders and to give Plan participants a continuing personal interest in our success. The number of participation points that were previously awarded to the named executive officers was based on the length of service and level of responsibility of the named executive and our desire to retain the named executive.

In fiscal 2018, $267,082 was paid to the named executive officers under the Plan as indicated in the following chart:

 

Name

 

Points

 

 

Percentage

 

 

Management

Incentive

Payments

 

Steven J. Goldman

 

 

215

 

 

 

19.5

%

 

 

117,189

 

Richard F. Ambury

 

 

235

 

 

 

21.4

%

 

 

128,090

 

Richard G. Oakley

 

 

40

 

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

21,803

 

Other Plan Participants (a)

 

 

610

 

 

 

55.5

%

 

 

332,490

 

Total

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

599,572

 

 

(a)

Includes 300 points (27.3%) that were awarded to Mr. Donovan prior to his retirement as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer effective September 30, 2013.

Retirement and Health Benefits

The named executive officers participate in our retirement and health benefit plans.

Employment Contracts and Severance Agreements

Agreement with Steven J. Goldman

Effective October 1, 2013, Steven J. Goldman was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Goldman entered into a three year employment agreement with us effective as of October 1, 2013. In December 2016 we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Goldman effective as of October 1, 2016 where Mr. Goldman will continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer on an at-will basis. Under his employment agreement, if Mr. Goldman is terminated for reasons other than cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Goldman will be entitled to one year’s salary as severance.

Agreement with Richard F. Ambury

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Ambury effective as of April 28, 2008. Mr. Ambury will serve as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer on an at-will basis. The employment agreement provides for one year’s salary as severance if Mr. Ambury’s employment is terminated without cause or by Mr. Ambury for good reason.

Agreement with Richard G. Oakley

Effective November 2, 2009, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Richard G. Oakley pursuant to which Mr. Oakley will continue to be employed as Senior Vice President on an at-will basis, and provides for one year’s salary as severance if his employment is terminated for reasons other than cause.

64


Change in Control Agreements

We have entered into a Change in Control Agreement with Mr. Goldman, Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Ambury, Chief Financial Officer. Under the terms of each agreement, if either of these executive officers is terminated as a result of a change in control (as defined in the agreement) he will be entitled to a payment equal to two times his base annual salary in the year of such termination plus two times the average amount paid as a bonus and/or as profit sharing during the three years preceding the year of such termination. The term change in control means the present equity owners of Kestrel and their affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own equity interests having the voting power to elect at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other governing board of the general partner or any successor entity. If a change in control were to have occurred and their employment was terminated as of the date of this Report, Mr. Goldman would have received a payment of $2,005,998 and Mr. Ambury would have received a payment of $1,682,493.

Pay Ratio Disclosure

 

As required by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, we are providing the following information about the ratio of the annual total compensation, calculated in accordance with the requirements of Item 402(c)(2)(x) of Regulation S-K of our CEO, Steven J. Goldman and the annual total compensation of our median employee. For fiscal 2018, our last completed fiscal year, our CEO’s total compensation was $1,110,511, versus our median employee compensation of $58,720.  This reflects a CEO pay ratio of 19:1. We identified our median compensation employee by examining total compensation paid for fiscal year 2018 to all individuals, excluding Mr. Goldman, who were employed by us on September 30, 2018, the last day of our fiscal year based on payroll records. No assumptions, adjustments or estimates were made in respect of total compensation, except that we annualized the compensation of any employee that was not employed with us for all of fiscal year 2018, excluding seasonal and temporary employees.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and senior executives. These agreements provide for us to, among other things, indemnify such persons against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, to advance their expenses incurred as a result of a proceeding as to which they may be indemnified and to cover such person under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy we choose, in our discretion, to maintain. These indemnification agreements are intended to provide indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted under applicable indemnification rights statutes in the State of Delaware and are in addition to any other rights such person may have under our Partnership Agreement and the limited liability company agreement of our general partner, and applicable law. We believe these indemnification agreements enhance our ability to attract and retain knowledgeable and experienced executives and independent, non-management directors.

65


Board of Directors Report

The Board of Directors of the general partner of the Company does not have a separate compensation committee. Executive compensation is determined by the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors reviewed and discussed with the Company’s management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis contained in this annual report on Form 10-K. Based on that review and discussion, the Board of Directors recommends that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2018.

Paul A. Vermylen, Jr.

Steven J. Goldman

Henry D. Babcock

David M. Bauer

C. Scott Baxter

Daniel P. Donovan

Bryan H. Lawrence  

William P. Nicoletti

66


Executive Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the annual salary compensation, bonus and all other compensation awards earned and accrued by the named executive officers in the fiscal year.

 

 

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and

Principal Position

 

Fiscal

Year

 

Salary

 

 

Bonus

 

 

Unit

Awards

 

 

Option

Awards

 

 

Non-

Equity

Incentive

Plan

Comp.(1)

 

 

Change in

Pension

Value and

Nonqualified

Deferred

Comp.

Earnings (2)

 

 

All Other

Comp.(3)

 

 

Total

 

Steven J. Goldman

 

2018

 

$

465,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

482,937

 

 

$

 

 

$

162,574

 

 

$

1,110,511

 

President and

 

2017

 

$

450,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

536,060

 

 

$

 

 

$

135,834

 

 

$

1,121,894

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2016

 

$

420,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

547,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

120,563

 

 

$

1,087,173

 

Richard F. Ambury

 

2018

 

$

401,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

410,850

 

 

$

 

 

$

176,222

 

 

$

988,472

 

Chief Financial Officer,

 

2017

 

$

384,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

445,320

 

 

$

 

 

$

147,254

 

 

$

976,653

 

Treasurer and

   Executive

 

2016

 

$

368,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

434,000

 

 

$

40,838

 

 

$

129,326

 

 

$

972,264

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard G. Oakley

 

2018

 

$

259,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

138,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

69,202

 

 

$

466,952

 

Senior Vice President -

 

2017

 

$

253,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

152,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

61,377

 

 

$

466,502

 

Accounting

 

2016

 

$

247,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

145,750

 

 

$

62,632

 

 

$

58,491

 

 

$

513,956

 

 

(1)

Payable pursuant to the Company’s profit sharing pool, which is described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis. – Profit Sharing Allocation.”

(2)

We have two frozen defined benefit pension plans that we sometimes refer in this Report as the Petro defined benefit pension plan and the Meenan defined benefit pension plan, where participants are not accruing additional benefits. Mr. Ambury also participated in a tax-qualified supplemental employee retirement plan which prior to being frozen in 1997, represented contributions to an employee plan to compensate for a reduction in certain benefits prior to 1997. Included in Mr. Ambury’s amounts for the Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Comp. Earnings are $0, $0, and $6,560 for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 respectively, for the actuarial changes in the value of his frozen supplemental employee retirement plan. The change in all the named executive’s pension values (including the supplemental employee retirement plan) are non-cash, and reflect normal adjustments resulting from changes in discount rates and government mandated mortality tables.

(3)

All other compensation is subdivided as follows:

 

Name

 

Management

Incentive

Compensation Plan

 

 

Company Match and

Core Contribution to

401(K) Plan

 

 

Car Allowance or Monetary

Value for Personal Use of

Company Owned Vehicle

 

 

Total

 

Steven J. Goldman

 

$

117,189

 

 

$

15,900

 

 

$

29,485

 

 

$

162,574

 

Richard F. Ambury

 

$

128,090

 

 

$

20,932

 

 

$

27,200

 

 

$

176,222

 

Richard G. Oakley

 

$

21,803

 

 

$

20,199

 

 

$

27,200

 

 

$

69,202

 

67


 

 

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

All Other

Stocks

Awards:

Number of

Shares of

 

 

All Other

Option

Awards:

Number of

Securities

 

 

Exercise or

Base Price of

Option

 

 

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Stock

and

 

Name

 

Grant

Date (1)

 

Threshold

($)

 

 

Target

($) (2)

 

 

Maximum

($)

 

 

Threshold

(#)

 

 

Target

(#)

 

 

Maximum

(#)

 

 

Stock or

Units (#)

 

 

Underlying

Options (#)

 

 

Awards

($/Sh)

 

 

Option

Awards

 

Steven J.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman

 

7/21/09

 

 

 

 

$

482,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard F.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ambury

 

7/21/09

 

 

 

 

$

410,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard G.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oakley

 

7/21/09

 

 

 

 

$

138,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

On July 21, 2009, the Board of Directors authorized the continuance of the annual profit sharing plan, subject to its power to terminate the plan at any time. Profit sharing allocations are described under “Compensation Philosophy and Policies—Profit Sharing Allocations.”

(2)

The annual profit sharing plan does not provide for thresholds or maximums; the amounts listed represent the actual awards to the named executive officers for fiscal 2018.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

None.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

None.

Pension Plans Pursuant to Which Named Executive Officers Have an Accumulated Benefit But Are Not Currently Accruing Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Plan Name

 

Number of Years

Credited Service

 

Present Value of

Accumulated Benefit

 

 

Payments During Last

Fiscal Year

 

Richard F. Ambury (1)

 

Retirement Plan

 

13

 

$

253,346

 

 

$

 

 

 

Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan

 

 

$

48,485

 

 

$

 

Richard G. Oakley (1)

 

Retirement Plan

 

19

 

$

394,786

 

 

$

 

 

(1)

The named executive officers have accumulated benefits in the tax-qualified Petro defined benefit pension plan that was frozen in 1997 or in the tax-qualified Meenan defined benefit pension plan that was frozen in 2002, subsequent to its combination with Petro. Mr. Ambury also participated in a tax-qualified supplemental employee retirement plan which, prior to being frozen in 1997, represented contributions to an employee plan to compensate for a reduction in certain benefits prior to 1997. Mr. Goldman was not a participant in any of these plans. Each year, the named executive officer’s accumulated benefits are actuarially calculated generally based on the credited years of service and each employee’s compensation at the time the plan was frozen. The present value of these amounts are the present value of a single life annuity generally payable at later or normal retirement age, adjusted for changes in discount rates and government mandated mortality tables. See Note 13—Employee Benefit Plans, to Star’s Consolidated Financial Statements, for the material assumptions applied in quantifying the present value of the accumulated benefits of these frozen plans.

68


Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

None.

Potential Payments upon Termination

If Mr. Goldman’s employment is terminated by for reasons other than for cause or if Mr. Goldman terminates his employment for good reason, he will be entitled to receive one-year’s salary as severance except in the case of a termination following a change in control which is discussed above under “Change in Control Agreements.” For 12 months following the termination of his employment, Mr. Goldman is prohibited from competing with the Company or from becoming involved either as an employee, as a consultant or in any other capacity, in the sale of heating oil or propane on a retail basis.

If Mr. Ambury’s employment is terminated for reasons other than cause or if Mr. Ambury terminates his employment for a good reason, he will be entitled to receive a severance payment of one year’s salary except in the case of a termination following a change in control which is discussed above under “Change in Control Agreements.” For 12 months following the termination of his employment, Mr. Ambury is prohibited from competing with the Company or from becoming involved either as an employee, as a consultant or in any other capacity, in the sale of heating oil or propane on a retail basis.

If Mr. Oakley’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, he will be entitled to receive one year’s salary as severance. For 12 months following the termination of his employment, Mr. Oakley is prohibited from competing with the Company or from becoming involved either as an employee, as a consultant or in any other capacity, in the sale of heating oil or propane on a retail basis.

The amounts shown in the table below assume that the triggering event for each named executive officer’s termination or change in control payment was effective as of the date of this Report based upon their historical compensation arrangements as of such date. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be determined at the time of such named executive officer’s termination of employment or Star’s change of control.

The employment agreements of the foregoing officers also require that they not reveal confidential information of the Company within twelve months following the termination of their employment.

 

Name

 

Potential Payments

Upon Termination

 

 

Potential Payments

Following

a Change of Control

 

Steven J. Goldman

 

$

481,000

 

 

$

2,005,998

 

Richard F. Ambury

 

$

411,190

 

 

$

1,682,493

 

Richard G. Oakley

 

$

262,250

 

 

$

 

 

69


Compensation of Directors

 

 

 

Director Compensation Table

 

Name

 

Fees

Earned

or Paid

in Cash

 

 

Unit

Awards

 

 

Option

Awards

 

 

Non-Equity

Incentive

Plan

Compensation

 

 

Change in

Pension

Value and

Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings (2)

 

 

All Other

Compensation

(3)

 

 

Total

 

Paul A. Vermylen, Jr. (1)

 

$

130,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

69,527

 

 

$

200,027

 

Daniel P. Donovan (4)

 

$

66,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

226,631

 

 

$

293,048

 

Henry D. Babcock (5)

 

$

85,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

85,400

 

David M. Bauer

 

$

28,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

28,667

 

C. Scott Baxter (5)

 

$

85,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

85,400

 

Bryan H. Lawrence (6)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Sheldon B. Lubar (7)

 

$

39,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

39,250

 

William P. Nicoletti (8)

 

$

96,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

96,883

 

 

(1)

Mr. Vermylen is non-executive Chairman of the Board.

(2)

Mr. Vermylen and Mr. Donovan participate in one of our frozen defined benefit pension plans. Participants are currently not accruing additional benefits under the frozen plan. The change in the pension value reflects normal non-cash adjustments resulting from changes in discount rates and government mandated mortality tables.

(3)

Mr. Vermylen and Mr. Donovan reached the frozen defined benefit pension plan full retirement age in fiscal year 2012 and 2011, respectively, and started receiving pension payments.

(4)

The amount included for Mr. Donovan in all other compensation represents $163,520 for amounts paid to him under the management incentive compensation plan, and $63,111 for pension payments.

(5)

Mr. Babcock and Mr. Baxter are Audit Committee members.

(6)

Mr. Lawrence has chosen not to receive any fees as a director of the general partner of Star.

(7)

Mr. Lubar retired from the Board of Directors effective April 17, 2018.

(8)

Mr. Nicoletti is Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Each non-management director receives an annual fee of $58,000 plus $1,500 for each regular and telephonic meeting attended. The Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an annual fee of $23,200 while other Audit Committee members receive an annual fee of $11,600. Each member of the Audit Committee receives $1,500 for every regular and telephonic meeting attended. The non-executive Chairman of the Board receives an annual fee of $120,000.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table shows the beneficial ownership as of November 30, 2018 of common units and general partner units by:

(1) Kestrel and certain beneficial owners;

(2) each of the named executive officers and directors of Kestrel Heat;

(3) all directors and executive officers of Kestrel Heat as a group; and

(4) each person the Company knows to hold 5% or more of the Company’s units.

70


Except as indicated, the address of each person is c/o Star Group, L.P. at 9 West Broad, Street, Suite 310, Stamford, Connecticut 06902.

 

 

 

Common Units

 

 

General Partner Units

 

Name

 

Number

 

 

Percentage

 

 

Number

 

 

Percentage

 

Kestrel (a)

 

 

500,000

 

 

*

 

 

 

325,729

 

 

 

100.00

%

Paul A. Vermylen, Jr. (b)

 

 

1,274,512

 

 

 

2.42

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Henry D. Babcock (c)

 

 

106,121

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William P. Nicoletti

 

 

35,506

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bryan H. Lawrence (d)

 

 

1,101,848

 

 

 

2.09

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C. Scott Baxter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David M. Bauer  (e)

 

 

1,254,662

 

 

 

2.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel P. Donovan

 

 

15,900

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard F. Ambury

 

 

32,890

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steven J. Goldman

 

 

38,500

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard G. Oakley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All officers and directors and Kestrel Heat, LLC as a group (11 persons)

 

 

4,359,939

 

 

 

8.26

%

 

 

325,729

 

 

 

100.00

%

FMR, LLC (f)

 

 

3,436,726

 

 

 

6.51

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bandera Partners, LLC (g)

 

 

3,258,043

 

 

 

6.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cat Rock Capital Management, L.P. (h)

 

 

3,120,635

 

 

 

5.92

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Includes 500,000 Common Units and 325,729 general partner units owned by Kestrel Heat.

(b)

Includes 210,281 Common Units held by The Robin C. Vermylen 2016 Irrevocable Trust, with respect to which Mr. Vermylen is a trustee of the trust and Mr. Vermylen’s spouse is a beneficiary of the trust; and 210,281 Common Units held by The Paul A. Vermylen, Jr. 2015 Irrevocable Trust, with respect to which Mr. Vermylen is a beneficiary of the trust and is the settlor of the trust.

(c)

Includes 15,000 Common Units owned by White Hill Trust, with respect to which Mr. Babcock’s sister-in-law is the trustee and Mr. Babcock’s wife is the primary beneficiary.

(d)

Does not include 427,734 Common Units owned by Yorktown Energy Partners VI, L.P. (“Yorktown VI”). Mr. Lawrence is a member and manager of Yorktown VI Associates LLC. The general partner of Yorktown VI Company LP, the general partner of Yorktown VI. Mr. Lawrence does not have sole or shared voting or investment power within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the Common Units held by Yorktown VI and disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(e)

All Common Units are owned by Lubar Equity Fund, LLC. Mr. Bauer owns a minority interest in Lubar Equity Fund, LLC and is Chief Investment Officer of Lubar & Co. Incorporated, the sole manager of Lubar Equity Fund, LLC. While Mr. Bauer serves on the investment committee of Lubar & Co., Inc., he does not have sole or shared voting or investment power within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the Common Units held by Lubar Equity Fund, LLC and disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(f)

According to a Form 13F filed by FMR, LLC with the SEC on November 9, 2018.

(g)

According to a Form 13F filed by Bandera Partners, LLC with the SEC on November 13, 2018.

(h)

According to a Form 13F filed by Cat Rock Capital Management, L.P. with the SEC on November 14, 2018.

*

Amount represents less than 1%.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Star has a written conflict of interest policy and procedure that requires all officers, directors and employees to report to senior corporate management or the board of directors, all personal, financial or family interest in transactions that involve the individual and the Star. In addition, our Governance Guidelines provide that any monetary arrangement between a director and his or her affiliates (including any member of a director’s immediate family) and the Company or any of its affiliates for goods or services shall be subject to approval by the full Board of Directors.

71


The general partner does not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of Star. The general partner is reimbursed for all expenses incurred on behalf of the Star, including the cost of compensation, that are properly allocable to Star. Our Partnership Agreement provides that the general partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to Star in any reasonable manner determined by the general partner in its sole discretion. In addition, the general partner and its affiliates may provide services to the Star for which a reasonable fee would be charged as determined by the general partner.

Kestrel has the ability to elect the Board of Directors of Kestrel Heat, including Messrs. Vermylen, Bauer and Lawrence. Messrs. Vermylen, Bauer and Lawrence are also members of the board of managers of Kestrel and, either directly or through affiliated entities, own equity interests in Kestrel. Kestrel owns all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of Kestrel Heat.

Policies Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Partnership Governance Guidelines and Partnership Agreement set forth policies and procedures with respect to transactions with persons affiliated with the Company and the resolution of conflicts of interest, which taken together provide the Company with a framework for the review and approval of “transactions” with “related persons” as such terms are defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

For the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, Star had no related party transactions or agreements pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to our directors, officers, employees and their affiliates. It deals with conflicts of interest (e.g., transactions with the Company), confidential information, use of Star assets, business dealings, and other similar topics. The Code requires officers, directors and employees to avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest and to report potential conflicts of interest to the Company’s Controller or Director of Internal Audit.

Our Partnership Governance Guidelines provide that any monetary arrangement between a director and his or her affiliates (including any member of a director’s immediate family) and the Company or any of its affiliates for goods or services shall be subject to approval by the full Board of Directors. Although the Partnership Governance Guidelines by their terms only apply to directors the Board intends to apply this requirement to officers and employees and their affiliates.

To the extent that the Board determines that it would be in the best interests of the Company to enter into a transaction with a related person, the Board intends to utilize the procedures set forth in the Partnership Agreement for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Our Partnership Agreement provides that whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the general partner or any of its Affiliates (including its directors, executive officers and controlling members), on the one hand, and the Company or any partner, on the other hand, any resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all partners, and shall not constitute a breach of the Partnership Agreement, of any agreement contemplated therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action is, or by operation of the Partnership Agreement is deemed to be, fair and reasonable to the Company.

Any conflict of interest and any resolution of such conflict of interest shall be conclusively deemed fair and reasonable to the Company if such conflict of interest or resolution is (i) approved by a committee of independent directors (the “Conflicts Committee”), (ii) on terms no less favorable to the Company than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iii) fair to the Company, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Company).

The general partner (including the Conflicts Committee) is authorized in connection with its determination of what is “fair and reasonable” to the Company and in connection with its resolution of any conflict of interest to consider:

72


 

(A)

the relative interests of any party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interest;

 

(B)

any customary or accepted industry practices and any customary or historical dealings with a particular person;

 

(C)

any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles; and

 

(D)

such additional factors as the general partner (including the Conflicts Committee) determines in its sole discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The following table represents the aggregate fees for professional audit services rendered by KPMG LLP including fees for the audit of our annual financial statements for the fiscal years 2018 and 2017, and for fees billed and accrued for other services rendered by KPMG LLP (in thousands).

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Audit Fees(1)

 

$

2,064

 

 

$

1,900

 

Tax Fees(2)

 

 

538

 

 

 

491

 

Total Fees

 

$

2,602

 

 

$

2,391

 

 

(1) 

Audit fees were for professional services rendered in connection with audits and quarterly reviews of the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

(2) 

Tax fees related to services for tax consultation and tax compliance.

Audit Committee: Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures. At its regularly scheduled and special meetings, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors considers and pre-approves any audit and non-audit services to be performed by the Company’s independent accountants. The Audit Committee has delegated to its chairman, an independent member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the authority to grant pre-approvals of non-audit services provided that the service(s) shall be reported to the Audit Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting. On June 18, 2003, the Audit Committee adopted its pre-approval policies and procedures. Since that date, there have been no audit or non-audit services rendered by the Company’s principal accountants that were not pre-approved.

 

73


PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

1. Financial Statements—See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule” set forth on page F-1.

2. Financial Statement Schedule—See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule” set forth on page F-1.

3. Exhibits—See “Index to Exhibits” set forth on the following page.

74


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

Number

  

  

Description

 

 

    3.1

  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 9, 2006.)

 

 

    3.2

  

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission on October 27, 2017.)

 

 

    3.3

  

Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission on November 6, 2017.)

 

 

  10.1

  

Letter Agreement and general release dated March 7, 2005 between Star Gas Partners L.P. and Irik P. Sevin† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2005.)

 

 

  10.2

  

Management Incentive Compensation Plan† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission on July 21, 2006.)

 

 

  10.3

  

Amended and Restated Management Incentive Compensation Plan† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission on July 20, 2012.)

 

 

  10.4

  

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission on July 21, 2006.)

 

 

  10.5

  

Form of Amendment No. 1 to Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission on October 23, 2006.)

 

 

  10.6

  

Modification of Profit Sharing Plan† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on December 10, 2014.)

 

 

  10.7

  

Change in Control Agreement dated December 4, 2007 between Star Gas Partners, L.P. and Daniel P. Donovan† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on December 7, 2007.)

 

 

  10.8

  

Change in Control Agreement dated December 4, 2007 between Star Gas Partners, L.P. and Richard F. Ambury† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on December 7, 2007.)

 

 

  10.9

  

Employment Agreement dated April 28, 2008 between Star Gas Partners, L.P. and Richard Ambury† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on December 10, 2008.)

 

 

  10.10

  

Agreement dated November 2, 2009 between Star Gas Partners, L.P. and Richard G. Oakley† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 3, 2009.)

 

 

  10.11

  

Letter Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2013, between the Partnership and Steven Goldman regarding Change of Control† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 23, 2013.)

75


Exhibit

Number

  

  

Description

 

 

 

 

  10.12

  

First Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2015, between the Partnership and Dan Donovan (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2015.)

  10.13

  

Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2016, between the Partnership and Bandera Partners, LLC (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on December 7, 2016.)

 

 

  10.14

  

Letter Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2016, between the Partnership and Steven Goldman regarding employment† (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on December 7, 2016.)

 

 

  10.15

  

Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 2, 2018.)

 

 

  10.16

  

Fourth Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 2, 2018.)

  14

  

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2014.)

 

 

  21*

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Filed herewith.)

 

 

  31.1*

  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Star Group, L.P., pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

 

 

  31.2*

  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, Star Group, L.P., pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

 

 

  32.1*

  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

  32.2*

  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

101.INS*

  

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

101.SCH*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

101.CAL*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

101.LAB*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

101.PRE*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

101.DEF*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

*

Filed Herewith

Employee compensation plan.

 

76


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the general partner has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized this 6th day of December, 2018:

 

STAR GROUP, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

KESTREL HEAT, LLC (General Partner)

By:

 

/s/ Steven J. Goldman

 

 

 

Steven J. Goldman

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven J. Goldman

 

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

Steven J. Goldman

  

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard F. Ambury

 

  

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal

  

December 6, 2018

Richard F. Ambury

  

Financial Officer) Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cory A. Czekanski

 

  

Vice President—Controller (Principal
Accounting Officer) Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

Cory A. Czekanski

  

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul A. Vermylen, Jr.

 

  

Non-Executive Chairman of the Board and Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

Paul A. Vermylen, Jr.

  

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Henry D. Babcock

 

  

Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

Henry D. Babcock

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ C. Scott Baxter

 

  

Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

C. Scott Baxter

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ David M. Bauer

 

  

Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

David M. Bauer

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel P. Donovan

 

  

Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

Daniel P. Donovan

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bryan H. Lawrence

 

  

Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

Bryan H. Lawrence

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

/s/ William P. Nicoletti

 

  

Director Kestrel Heat, LLC

  

December 6, 2018

William P. Nicoletti

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

77


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

 

 

 

 

Page

 

Part II Financial Information:

 

 

 

 

Item 8—Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2 – F-3

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

 

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2018, September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016

 

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended September 30, 2018, September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016

 

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Capital for the years ended September 30, 2018, September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016

 

F-7

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2018, September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016

 

F-8

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-9 – F-36

 

 

Schedules for the years ended September 30, 2018, September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

I. Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

F-37 – F-39

 

 

II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

F-40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes therein.

 

 

 

 

 

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Partners of
Star Group, L.P.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Star Group, L.P. and Subsidiaries (the Partnership) as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, partners’ capital, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedules I and II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Partnership maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Partnership’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable

F-2


assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Partnership’s auditor since 1995.

Stamford, Connecticut
December 6, 2018

 

F-3


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

14,531

 

 

$

52,458

 

Receivables, net of allowance of $8,002 and $5,540, respectively

 

 

132,668

 

 

 

96,603

 

Inventories

 

 

56,377

 

 

 

59,596

 

Fair asset value of derivative instruments

 

 

17,710

 

 

 

5,932

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

35,451

 

 

 

26,652

 

Total current assets

 

 

256,737

 

 

 

241,241

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

87,618

 

 

 

79,673

 

Goodwill

 

 

228,436

 

 

 

225,915

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

98,444

 

 

 

105,218

 

Restricted cash

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

Investments (1)

 

 

45,419

 

 

 

11,777

 

Deferred charges and other assets, net

 

 

13,067

 

 

 

9,843

 

Total assets

 

$

729,971

 

 

$

673,917

 

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

35,796

 

 

$

26,739

 

Revolving credit facility borrowings

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

 

Fair liability value of derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

289

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

7,500

 

 

 

10,000

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

116,436

 

 

 

108,449

 

Unearned service contract revenue

 

 

60,700

 

 

 

60,133

 

Customer credit balances

 

 

61,256

 

 

 

66,723

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

283,188

 

 

 

272,333

 

Long-term debt

 

 

91,780

 

 

 

65,717

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

21,206

 

 

 

6,140

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

24,012

 

 

 

23,659

 

Partners’ capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common unitholders

 

 

329,129

 

 

 

325,762

 

General partner

 

 

(1,303

)

 

 

(929

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

 

 

(18,041

)

 

 

(18,765

)

Total partners’ capital

 

 

309,785

 

 

 

306,068

 

Total liabilities and partners’ capital

 

$

729,971

 

 

$

673,917

 

 

(1)

See Note 2 - Investments.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands, except per unit data)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

1,404,370

 

 

$

1,065,076

 

 

$

911,014

 

Installations and services

 

 

273,467

 

 

 

258,479

 

 

 

250,324

 

Total sales

 

 

1,677,837

 

 

 

1,323,555

 

 

 

1,161,338

 

Cost and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of product

 

 

957,843

 

 

 

675,386

 

 

 

539,831

 

Cost of installations and services

 

 

256,652

 

 

 

239,670

 

 

 

229,010

 

(Increase) decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(11,408

)

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

(18,217

)

Delivery and branch expenses

 

 

357,580

 

 

 

306,534

 

 

 

276,493

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

 

 

31,575

 

 

 

27,882

 

 

 

26,530

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

24,227

 

 

 

24,998

 

 

 

23,366

 

Finance charge income

 

 

(4,700

)

 

 

(4,054

)

 

 

(3,079

)

Operating income

 

 

66,068

 

 

 

55,332

 

 

 

87,404

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(8,716

)

 

 

(6,775

)

 

 

(7,485

)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

(1,288

)

 

 

(1,281

)

 

 

(1,247

)

Other income, net (1)

 

 

7,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

63,107

 

 

 

47,276

 

 

 

78,672

 

Income tax expense

 

 

7,602

 

 

 

20,376

 

 

 

33,738

 

Net income

 

$

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

General Partner’s interest in net income

 

 

314

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

252

 

Limited Partners’ interest in net income

 

$

55,191

 

 

$

26,744

 

 

$

44,682

 

Basic and diluted income per Limited Partner Unit (2):

 

$

0.89

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.70

 

Weighted average number of Limited Partner units outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

 

54,764

 

 

 

55,888

 

 

 

57,022

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 2 - Other income, net.

 

(2)

See Note 18 - Earnings Per Limited Partner Units.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income

 

$

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on pension plan obligation (1)

 

 

2,075

 

 

 

3,356

 

 

 

3,067

 

Tax effect of unrealized gain on pension plan obligation

 

 

(625

)

 

 

(1,359

)

 

 

(1,285

)

Unrealized loss on captive insurance collateral

 

 

(1,204

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax effect of unrealized loss on captive insurance collateral

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on interest rate hedge

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax effect of unrealized gain on interest rate hedge

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

 

529

 

 

 

1,997

 

 

 

1,782

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

56,034

 

 

$

28,897

 

 

$

46,716

 

 

(1)

These items are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. See Note 13 - Employee Benefit Plans.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

Years Ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

 

 

Number of Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Common

 

 

General

Partner

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

General

Partner

 

 

Accum. Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

Partners’

Capital

 

Balance as of September 30, 2015

 

 

57,283

 

 

 

326

 

 

$

312,713

 

 

 

 

$

(283

)

 

$

(22,544

)

 

$

289,886

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,682

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,934

 

Unrealized loss on pension plan obligation (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,067

 

 

 

3,067

 

Tax effect of unrealized loss on pension plan obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,285

)

 

 

(1,285

)

Distributions (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,607

)

 

 

 

 

(485

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23,092

)

Retirement of units (3)

 

 

(1,395

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,017

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,017

)

Balance as of September 30, 2016

 

 

55,888

 

 

 

326

 

 

$

322,771

 

 

 

 

$

(516

)

 

$

(20,762

)

 

$

301,493

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,744

 

 

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,900

 

Unrealized gain on pension plan obligation (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,356

 

 

 

3,356

 

Tax effect of unrealized gain on pension plan obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,359

)

 

 

(1,359

)

Distributions (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,753

)

 

 

 

 

(569

)

 

 

 

 

 

(24,322

)

Retirement of units (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2017

 

 

55,888

 

 

 

326

 

 

$

325,762

 

 

 

 

$

(929

)

 

$

(18,765

)

 

$

306,068

 

Reclassification of stranded tax effects resulting from tax reform

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,191

 

 

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,505

 

Unrealized gain on pension plan obligation (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,075

 

 

 

2,075

 

Tax effect of unrealized gain on pension plan obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(625

)

 

 

(625

)

Unrealized loss on captive insurance collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,204

)

 

 

(1,204

)

Tax effect of unrealized loss on captive insurance collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

254

 

Unrealized gain on interest rate hedge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

39

 

Tax effect of unrealized gain on interest rate hedge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(10

)

Distributions (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,915

)

 

 

 

 

(688

)

 

 

 

 

 

(25,603

)

Retirement of units (3)

 

 

(2,800

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26,714

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26,714

)

Balance as of September 30, 2018

 

 

53,088

 

 

 

326

 

 

$

329,129

 

 

 

 

$

(1,303

)

 

$

(18,041

)

 

$

309,785

 

 

(1)

These items are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. See Note 13 - Employee Benefit Plans.

(2)

See Note 3 - Quarterly Distributions of Available Cash.

(3)

See Note 4 - Common Unit Repurchase Plans and Retirement.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(11,408

)

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

(18,217

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

32,863

 

 

 

29,163

 

 

 

27,777

 

Provision (recovery) for losses on accounts receivable

 

 

6,283

 

 

 

1,639

 

 

 

(639

)

Change in deferred taxes

 

 

14,685

 

 

 

10,134

 

 

 

9,670

 

Gain on sale of security business (1)

 

 

(7,043

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of amounts related to acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in receivables

 

 

(37,149

)

 

 

(19,844

)

 

 

10,965

 

Decrease (increase)  in inventories

 

 

4,177

 

 

 

(10,598

)

 

 

9,979

 

Increase in other assets

 

 

(11,924

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(2,354

)

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

 

 

9,703

 

 

 

2,169

 

 

 

(705

)

(Decrease) increase in customer credit balances

 

 

(6,563

)

 

 

(23,085

)

 

 

6,490

 

Increase in other current and long-term liabilities

 

 

8,331

 

 

 

6,913

 

 

 

14,057

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

57,460

 

 

 

21,058

 

 

 

101,957

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(13,590

)

 

 

(12,164

)

 

 

(10,134

)

Proceeds from sales of fixed assets

 

 

503

 

 

 

734

 

 

 

318

 

Proceeds from sale of security business (1)

 

 

6,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of investments (2)

 

 

(35,242

)

 

 

(11,647

)

 

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

(23,747

)

 

 

(43,304

)

 

 

(9,815

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(65,252

)

 

 

(66,381

)

 

 

(19,631

)

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving credit facility borrowings

 

 

161,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving credit facility repayments

 

 

(160,104

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from term loan

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan repayments

 

 

(76,300

)

 

 

(16,200

)

 

 

(7,500

)

Distributions

 

 

(25,603

)

 

 

(24,322

)

 

 

(23,092

)

Unit repurchases

 

 

(26,714

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12,017

)

Customer retainage payments

 

 

(918

)

 

 

(575

)

 

 

(740

)

Payments of debt issuance costs

 

 

(2,100

)

 

 

(60

)

 

 

(297

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(30,135

)

 

 

(41,157

)

 

 

(43,646

)

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(37,927

)

 

 

(86,480

)

 

 

38,680

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

52,708

 

 

 

139,188

 

 

 

100,508

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

14,781

 

 

$

52,708

 

 

$

139,188

 

 

(1)

– See Note 2 - Other income, net.

(2)

– See Note 2 - Investments.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1) Organization

Star Group, L.P. (“Star” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a full service provider specializing in the sale of home heating and air conditioning products and services to residential and commercial home heating oil and propane customers. The Company has one reportable segment for accounting purposes. We also sell diesel, gasoline and home heating oil on a delivery only basis, and in certain of our marketing areas, we provide plumbing services primarily to our home heating oil and propane customer base. We believe we are the nation’s largest retail distributor of home heating oil based upon sales volume. Including our propane locations, we serve customers in the more northern and eastern states within the Northeast, Central and Southeast U.S. regions.

The Company is organized as follows:

 

Star is a limited partnership, which at September 30, 2018, had outstanding 53.1 million Common Units (NYSE: “SGU”), representing a 99.4% limited partner interest in Star, and 0.3 million general partner units, representing a 0.6% general partner interest in Star. Our general partner is Kestrel Heat, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Kestrel Heat” or the “general partner”). The Board of Directors of Kestrel Heat (the “Board”) is appointed by its sole member, Kestrel Energy Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Kestrel”).

 

Star owns 100% of Star Acquisitions, Inc. (“SA”), a Minnesota corporation, that owns 100% of Petro Holdings, Inc. (“Petro”). SA and its subsidiaries are subject to Federal and state corporate income taxes. Star’s operations are conducted through Petro and its subsidiaries. Petro is primarily a Northeast, Central and Southeast region retail distributor of home heating oil and propane that at September 30, 2018 served approximately 454,000 residential and commercial home heating oil and propane customers. Petro also sells diesel, gasoline and home heating oil to approximately 76,000 customers on a delivery only basis. We installed, maintained, and repaired heating and air conditioning equipment and to a lesser extent provided these services outside our heating oil and propane customer base including approximately 16,000 service contracts for natural gas and other heating systems. In addition, we provided plumbing to approximately 23,000 customers.

 

Petroleum Heat and Power Co., Inc. (“PH&P”) is a 100% owned subsidiary of Star. PH&P is the borrower and Star is the guarantor of the fourth amended and restated credit agreement’s $100 million five-year senior secured term loan and the $300 million ($450 million during the heating season of December through April of each year) revolving credit facility, both due July 2, 2023. (See Note 12—Long-Term Debt and Bank Facility Borrowings)

2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Star Group, L.P. and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany items and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is comprised of Net income and Other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income consists of the unrealized gain amortization on the Company’s pension plan obligation for its two frozen defined benefit pension plans, unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments, unrealized gain on interest rate hedge and the corresponding tax effects.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities

F-9


and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Sales of petroleum products are recognized at the time of delivery to the customer and sales of heating and air conditioning equipment are recognized upon completion of installation. Revenue from repairs, maintenance and other services are recognized upon completion of the service. Payments received from customers for equipment service contracts are deferred and amortized into income over the terms of the respective service contracts, on a straight-line basis, which generally do not exceed one year. To the extent that the Company anticipates that future costs for fulfilling its contractual obligations under its service maintenance contracts will exceed the amount of deferred revenue currently attributable to these contracts, the Company recognizes a loss in current period earnings equal to the amount that anticipated future costs exceed related deferred revenues.

Cost of Product

Cost of product includes the cost of home heating oil, diesel, propane, kerosene, heavy oil, gasoline, throughput costs, barging costs, option costs, and realized gains/losses on closed derivative positions for product sales.

Cost of Installations and Services

Cost of installations and services includes equipment and material costs, wages and benefits for equipment technicians, dispatchers and other support personnel, subcontractor expenses, commissions and vehicle related costs.

Delivery and Branch Expenses

Delivery and branch expenses include wages and benefits and department related costs for drivers, dispatchers, garage mechanics, customer service, sales and marketing, compliance, credit and branch accounting, information technology, vehicle and property rental costs, insurance, weather hedge contract costs and recoveries, and operational management and support.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include property costs, wages and benefits and department related costs for human resources, finance and corporate accounting, internal audit, administrative support and supply.

Allocation of Net Income

Net income for partners’ capital and statement of operations is allocated to the general partner and the limited partners in accordance with their respective ownership percentages, after giving effect to cash distributions paid to the general partner in excess of its ownership interest, if any.

Net Income per Limited Partner Unit

Income per limited partner unit is computed in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 260-10-05 Earnings Per Share, Master Limited Partnerships (EITF 03-06), by dividing the limited partners’ interest in net income by the weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding. The pro forma nature of the allocation required by this standard provides that in any accounting period where the Company’s aggregate net income exceeds its aggregate distribution for such period, the Company is required to present net income per limited partner unit as if all of the earnings for the periods were distributed, regardless of whether those earnings would actually be distributed during a particular period from an economic or practical perspective. This allocation does not impact the Company’s overall net income or other financial results. However, for periods in which the Company’s aggregate net income exceeds its aggregate distributions for such period, it will have the impact of reducing the earnings per limited partner unit, as the

F-10


calculation according to this standard results in a theoretical increased allocation of undistributed earnings to the general partner. In accounting periods where aggregate net income does not exceed aggregate distributions for such period, this standard does not have any impact on the Company’s net income per limited partner unit calculation. A separate and independent calculation for each quarter and year-to-date period is performed, in which the Company’s contractual participation rights are taken into account.

Cash Equivalents, Receivables, Revolving Credit Facility Borrowings, and Accounts Payable

The carrying amount of cash equivalents, receivables, revolving credit facility borrowings, and accounts payable approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. At September 30, 2018, the $14.8 million of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash on the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows is composed of $14.5 million of cash and cash equivalents and $0.3 million of restricted cash. At September 30, 2017, the $52.7 million of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash on the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows is composed of $52.5 million of cash and cash equivalents and $0.3 million of restricted cash. Restricted cash represents deposits held by our captive insurance company that are required by state insurance regulations to remain in the captive insurance company as cash.

Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivables from customers are recorded at the invoiced amounts. Finance charges may be applied to trade receivables that are more than 30 days past due, and are recorded as finance charge income.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of trade receivables that may not be collectible. The allowance is determined at an aggregate level by grouping accounts based on certain account criteria and its receivable aging. The allowance is based on both quantitative and qualitative factors, including historical loss experience, historical collection patterns, overdue status, aging trends, and current economic conditions. The Company has an established process to periodically review current and past due trade receivable balances to determine the adequacy of the allowance. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance. The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of losses inherent in its trade receivables at the balance sheet date. Different assumptions or changes in economic conditions could result in material changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Liquid product inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value computed on the weighted average cost method. All other inventories, representing parts and equipment are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the FIFO method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets using the straight-line method over three to thirty years.

Investments

The investments are held by our captive insurance company in an irrevocable trust as collateral for certain workers’ compensation, general and automobile liability claims.  The collateral is required by a third party insurance carrier that insures per claim amounts above a set deductible. Due to the expected timing of claim payments, the

F-11


nature of the collateral agreement with the carrier, and our captive insurance company’s source of other operating cash, the collateral is not expected to be used to pay obligations within the next twelve months.  

At September 30, 2017, the investments were held for workers’ compensation, general and automobile liability claims incurred and expected to be incurred in fiscal 2017.  In the first quarter of fiscal 2018 we deposited $34.2 million of cash into the irrevocable trust to secure certain workers’ compensation, general and automobile liability claims incurred and expected to be incurred from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2018.

At September 30, 2018, Investments is comprised of $44.8 million of Level 1 debt securities measured at fair value and $0.6 million of mutual funds measured at net asset value.  At September 30, 2017, the balance was comprised of $11.3 million of Level 1 debt securities measured at fair value and $0.5 million of mutual funds measured at net asset value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of related income taxes, are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), except for losses from impairments which are determined to be other-than-temporary. Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in the determination of net income and are included in Interest expense, net, at which time the average cost basis of these securities are adjusted to fair value.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets include goodwill, customer lists, trade names and covenants not to compete.

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets in the acquisition of a company. In accordance with FASB ASC 350-10-05 Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are annually tested for impairment. Also in accordance with this standard, intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment. The Company performs its annual impairment review during its fiscal fourth quarter or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the value of goodwill might be impaired.

Customer lists are the names and addresses of an acquired company’s customers. Based on historical retention experience, these lists are amortized on a straight-line basis over seven to ten years.

Trade names are the names of acquired companies. Based on the economic benefit expected and historical retention experience of customers, trade names are amortized on a straight-line basis over three to twenty years.

Business Combinations

We use the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805 Business Combinations. The acquisition method of accounting requires us to use significant estimates and assumptions, including fair value estimates, as of the business combination date, and to refine those estimates as necessary during the measurement period (defined as the period, not to exceed one year, in which the amounts recognized for a business combination may be adjusted). Each acquired company’s operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements starting on the date of acquisition. The purchase price is equivalent to the fair value of consideration transferred. Tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition are recorded at the acquisition date fair value. The separately identifiable intangible assets generally are comprised of customer lists, trade names and covenants not to compete. Goodwill is recognized for the excess of the purchase price over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Costs that are incurred to complete the business combination such as legal and other professional fees are not considered part of consideration transferred, and are charged to general and administrative expense as they are incurred. For any given acquisition, certain contingent consideration may be identified. Estimates of the fair value of liability or asset classified contingent consideration are included under the acquisition method as part of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed. At each reporting date, these estimates are remeasured to fair value, with changes recognized in earnings.

F-12


Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The Company reviews intangible assets and other long-lived assets in accordance with FASB ASC 360-10-05-4 Property Plant and Equipment, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets subsection, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The Company determines whether the carrying values of such assets are recoverable over their remaining estimated lives through undiscounted future cash flow analysis. If such a review should indicate that the carrying amount of the assets is not recoverable, the Company will reduce the carrying amount of such assets to fair value.

 

Finance Charge Income

Finance charge income represents late customer payment charges and financing income from extended payment plans associated with installations.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net represents the $7.0 million gain on the sale of the Company’s security customer account base, which occurred in September 2018.  The gain is composed of $6.8 million of cash proceeds and $0.4 million from the recognition of unamortized deferred service liabilities, partially offset by $0.2 million of other expenses.

 

Deferred Charges

Deferred charges represent the costs associated with the issuance of the term loan and revolving credit facility and are amortized over the life of the facility.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as they are incurred. Advertising expenses were $15.1 million, $15.1 million, and $14.9 million, in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively and are recorded in delivery and branch expenses.

Customer Credit Balances

Customer credit balances represent payments received in advance from customers pursuant to a balanced payment plan (whereby customers pay on a fixed monthly basis) and the payments made have exceeded the charges for liquid product and other services.

Environmental Costs

Costs associated with managing hazardous substances and pollution are expensed on a current basis. Accruals are made for costs associated with the remediation of environmental pollution when it becomes probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  Liabilities are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

Insurance Reserves

The Company uses a combination of insurance, self-insured retention and self-insurance for a number of risks, including workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle liability, medical liability and property. Reserves are established and periodically evaluated, based upon expectations as to what our ultimate liability may be for outstanding claims using developmental factors based upon historical claim experience, including frequency, severity, demographic factors and other actuarial assumptions, supplemented with support from qualified actuaries. Liabilities are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

 

F-13


Income Taxes

At a special meeting held October 25, 2017, unitholders voted in favor of proposals to have the Company be treated as a corporation effective November 1, 2017,  instead of a partnership, for federal income tax purposes (commonly referred to as a “check-the-box” election) along with amendments to our Partnership Agreement to effect such changes in income tax classification.  For corporate subsidiaries of the Company, a consolidated Federal income tax return is filed.

The accompanying financial statements are reported on a fiscal year, however, the Company and its Corporate subsidiaries file Federal and State income tax returns on a calendar year.

As most of the Company’s income is derived from its corporate subsidiaries, these financial statements reflect significant Federal and State income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence including historical tax losses, it is more likely than not that some or all of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Sales, Use and Value Added Taxes

Taxes are assessed by various governmental authorities on many different types of transactions. Sales reported for product, installations and services exclude taxes.

Derivatives and Hedging

FASB ASC 815-10-05 Derivatives and Hedging, requires that derivative instruments be recorded at fair value and included in the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities. The Company has elected not to designate its commodity derivative instruments as hedging instruments under this guidance, and the changes in fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized in our statement of operations. The Company has designated its interest rate swap agreements as hedging derivatives, and the changes in fair value are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Weather Hedge Contract

To partially mitigate the effect of weather on cash flows, the Company has used weather hedge contracts for a number of years. Weather hedge contracts are recorded in accordance with the intrinsic value method defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-45-15 Derivatives and Hedging, Weather Derivatives (EITF 99-2). The premium paid is included in the caption prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying balance sheets and amortized over the life of the contract, with the intrinsic value method applied at each interim period.

The Company has weather hedge contracts for fiscal years 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.  Under these contracts, we are entitled to receive a payment if the total number of degree days within the hedge period is less than the prior ten year average. The “Payment Thresholds,” or strikes, are set at various levels. In addition, we will be obligated to make a payment capped at $5.0 million if degree days exceed the prior ten year average. The hedge period runs from November 1 through March 31, taken as a whole, for each respective fiscal year.  For fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021 the maximum that the Company can receive is $12.5 million and the maximum that the Company may be obligated to pay is $5.0 million.  In fiscal year 2018, the Company recorded a charge of $1.9 million under this contract that increased delivery and branch expenses. The amount was paid in April 2018.  No charge or benefit was recorded in fiscal year 2017.

F-14


Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The update changes the measurement principle for inventory from the lower of cost or market to the lower of cost and net realizable value. The Company adopted the ASU effective December 31, 2017.  The adoption of ASU No. 2015-11 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income, which allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  The Company adopted the ASU effective September 30, 2018. As a result of the adoption, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) as of September 30, 2018 increased by $0.2 million and Retained Earnings as of September 30, 2018 decreased by $0.2 million.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The FASB has also issued several updates to ASU 2014-09. This ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. We plan to adopt the standard beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 by using the cumulative effect transition method. The Company does not expect that the standard will have a material impact on its revenue streams, and consolidated financial statements.  The standard does require additional disclosures.  Upon adoption of the standard we will include additional disclosure of our revenue streams, performance obligations for our contracts with customers, contract asset and liability balances, and revenue generated from contract liabilities.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. The FASB has also issued several updates to ASU 2016-02.  The update requires all leases with a term greater than twelve months to be recognized on the balance sheet by calculating the discounted present value of such leases and accounting for them through a right-of-use asset and an offsetting lease liability, and the disclosure of key information pertaining to leasing arrangements. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not intend to early adopt. The Company is continuing to evaluate the effect that ASU No. 2016-02 could have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not yet selected a transition method. The new guidance will materially change how we account for operating leases for office space, trucks and other equipment. Upon adoption, we expect to recognize discounted right-of-use assets and offsetting lease liabilities related to our operating leases of office space, trucks and other equipment. As of September 30, 2018, the undiscounted future minimum lease payments through 2033 for such operating leases are approximately $127.6 million, but what amount of leasing activity is expected between September 30, 2018, and the date of adoption, are currently unknown. For this reason we are unable to estimate the discounted right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as of the date of adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. The update broadens the information that an entity should consider in developing expected credit loss estimates, eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold, and allows for the immediate recognition of the full amount of expected credit losses. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not yet determined the timing of adoption.

F-15


In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flow (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The update addresses the issues of debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2016-15 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the definition of a business. The update clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2017-01 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 230): Simplifying the test for goodwill impairment. The update simplifies how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, but not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. This new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not determined the timing of adoption, but does not expect ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General: Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans, which modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans by removing and adding certain disclosures for these plans. The new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2018-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not determined the timing of adoption.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software: Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract, which will align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The new guidance is effective for our annual reporting period beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2018-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but has not determined the timing of adoption.

3) Quarterly Distribution of Available Cash

The Company agreement provides that beginning October 1, 2008, the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units will start accruing at the rate of $0.0675 per quarter ($0.27 on an annual basis) in accordance with the Partnership Agreement. In general, the Company intends to distribute to its partners on a quarterly basis, all of its available cash, if any, in the manner described below. “Available cash” generally means, for any of its fiscal quarters, all cash on hand at the end of that quarter, less the amount of cash reserves that are necessary or appropriate in the reasonable discretion of the general partners to:

 

provide for the proper conduct of the Company’s business including acquisitions and debt payments;

 

comply with applicable law, any of its debt instruments or other agreements; or

F-16


 

provide funds for distributions to the common unitholders during the next four quarters, in some circumstances.

Available cash will generally be distributed as follows:

 

first, 100% to the common units, pro rata, until the Company distributes to each common unit the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.0675;

 

second, 100% to the common units, pro rata, until the Company distributes to each common unit any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for prior quarters;

 

third, 100% to the general partner units, pro rata, until the Company distributes to each general partner unit the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.0675;

 

fourth, 90% to the common units, pro rata, and 10% to the general partner units, pro rata (subject to the Management Incentive Plan), until the Company distributes to each common unit the first target distribution of $0.1125; and

 

thereafter, 80% to the common units, pro rata, and 20% to the general partner units, pro rata.

The Company is obligated to meet certain financial covenants under the fourth amended and restated credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”). The Company must maintain excess availability of at least 15.0% of the revolving commitment then in effect and a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.15 in order to make any distributions to unitholders.

For fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, cash distributions declared per common unit were $0.455, $0.425, and $0.395, respectively.

For fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, $0.6 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million, respectively, of incentive distributions were paid to the general partner, exclusive of amounts paid subject to the Management Incentive Plan.

4) Common Unit Repurchase Plans and Retirement

In July 2012, the Board adopted a plan to repurchase certain of the Company’s Common Units (the “Repurchase Plan”). Prior to February 2018, the Company had repurchased approximately 2.7 million Common Units under the Repurchase Plan. In February 2018, the Board authorized an increase of the number of Common Units that remained available for the Company to repurchase from 2.2 million to a total of 5.5 million. In August 2018, the Board authorized a further increase of the number of Common Units that are available for the Company to repurchase from 3.0 million to a total of 5.55 million, of which, 3.05 million were available for repurchase in open market transactions and 2.5 million were available for repurchase in privately-negotiated transactions. The Company repurchased approximately 2.8 million Common Units in in fiscal year 2018, and 5.4 million total Common Units remain available for repurchase at the end of the fiscal year 2018.  There is no guarantee of the exact number of units that will be purchased under the program and the Company may discontinue purchases at any time. The program does not have a time limit. The Board may also approve additional purchases of units from time to time in private transactions. The Company’s repurchase activities take into account SEC safe harbor rules and guidance for issuer repurchases. All of the Common Units purchased in the repurchase program will be retired.

Under the Company’s fourth amended and restated credit agreement dated July 2, 2018, in order to repurchase Common Units we must maintain Availability (as defined in the amended and restated credit agreement) of $45 million, 15.0% of the facility size of $300 million (assuming the non-seasonal aggregate commitment is

F-17


outstanding) on a historical pro forma and forward-looking basis, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.15 measured as of the date of repurchase. The following table shows repurchases under the Repurchase Plan.

 

(in thousands, except per unit amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Total Number

of Units

Purchased

 

 

Average Price

Paid per Unit

(a)

 

 

Total Number

of Units

Purchased as

Part of

Publicly

Announced

Plans or

Programs

 

 

Maximum Number

of Units that May

Yet Be Purchased

 

 

Fiscal year 2012 to 2017 total

 

 

5,137

 

 

$

5.78

 

 

 

2,693

 

 

 

2,207

 

 

First quarter fiscal year 2018 total

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,207

 

 

Second quarter fiscal year 2018 total

 

 

1,281

 

 

$

9.38

 

 

 

1,281

 

 

 

4,219

 

(b)

Third quarter fiscal year 2018 total

 

 

1,089

 

 

$

9.66

 

 

 

1,089

 

 

 

3,130

 

 

July 2018

 

 

125

 

 

$

9.72

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

3,005

 

 

August 2018

 

 

114

 

 

$

9.68

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

5,550

 

(c)

September 2018

 

 

191

 

 

$

9.73

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

5,359

 

 

Fourth quarter fiscal year 2018 total

 

 

430

 

 

$

9.72

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

5,359

 

 

Fiscal year 2018 total

 

 

2,800

 

 

$

9.54

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

5,359

 

 

October 2018

 

 

151

 

 

$

9.70

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

5,208

 

 

November 2018

 

 

182

 

 

$

9.71

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

5,026

 

(d)

 

 

(a)

Amounts include repurchase costs.

(b)

In February 2018, the Board authorized an increase in the number of Common Units available for repurchase from 2.2 million to 5.5 million.

(c)

In August 2018, the Board authorized an increase in the number of Common Units available for repurchase from 2.9 million to 5.55 million.

(d)

Of the total available for repurchase, approximately 2.5 million are available for repurchase in open market   transactions and 2.5 million are available for repurchase in privately-negotiated transactions.

 

5) Investments

 

          The Company considers all of its investments to be available-for-sale. Investments at September 30, 2018 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Gross Unrealized Gain

 

 

Gross Unrealized (Loss)

 

 

Fair Value

 

Cash and Receivables

 

$

350

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

350

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Agencies

 

 

10,735

 

 

 

 

 

 

(192

)

 

 

10,543

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

 

30,427

 

 

 

 

 

 

(928

)

 

 

29,499

 

Foreign Bonds and Notes

 

 

5,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

(84

)

 

 

5,027

 

Total

 

$

46,623

 

 

$

 

 

$

(1,204

)

 

$

45,419

 

 

 

          Maturities of investments were as follows at September 30, 2018 (in thousands):

F-18


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Carrying Amount

 

Due within one year

 

$

4,505

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

21,710

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

19,204

 

Total

 

$

45,419

 

 

6) Derivatives and Hedging—Disclosures and Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses derivative instruments such as futures, options and swap agreements in order to mitigate exposure to market risk associated with the purchase of home heating oil for price-protected customers, physical inventory on hand, inventory in transit, priced purchase commitments and internal fuel usage. FASB ASC 815-10-05 Derivatives and Hedging, established accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments be recorded at fair value and included in the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities, along with qualitative disclosures regarding the derivative activity.  The Company has elected not to designate its commodity derivative instruments as hedging derivatives, but rather as economic hedges whose change in fair value is recognized in its statement of operations in the line item (Increase) decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments. Depending on the risk being economically hedged, realized gains and losses are recorded in cost of product, cost of installations and services, or delivery and branch expenses.

As of September 30, 2018, to hedge a substantial majority of the purchase price associated with heating oil gallons anticipated to be sold to its price-protected customers, the Company held the following derivative instruments that settle in future months to match anticipated sales: 11.7 million gallons of swap contracts with a notional value of $24.6 million and a fair value of $2.9 million, 3.2 million gallons of call options with a notional value of $8.2 million and a fair value of $0.2 million, 5.6 million gallons of put options with a notional value of $8.5 million and a fair value of $2 thousand, and 85.4 million net gallons of synthetic call options with an average notional value of $182.9 million and a fair value of $14.0 million. To hedge the inter-month differentials for its price-protected customers, its physical inventory on hand and inventory in transit, the Company, as of September 30, 2018, had 1.2 million gallons of purchased swap contracts with a notional value of $2.6 million and a fair value of $0.2 million, 53.1 million gallons of purchased future contracts that settle daily with a notional value of $114.3 million and a fair value of $9.7 million, and 68.9 million gallons of sold future contracts that settle daily with a notional value of $148.8 million and a fair value of $(12.6) million. To hedge its internal fuel usage and other related activities for fiscal 2019, the Company, as of September 30, 2018, had 6.5 million gallons of swap contracts with a notional value of $13.7 million and a fair value of $1.0 million that settle in future months and 0.5 million net gallons of synthetic call options with a notional value of $1.0 million and a fair value of $0.1 million.

As of September 30, 2017, to hedge a substantial majority of the purchase price associated with heating oil gallons anticipated to be sold to its price-protected customers, the Company held the following derivative instruments that settle in future months to match anticipated sales: 15.6 million gallons of swap contracts with a notional value of $25.5 million and a fair value of $2.3 million, 6.1 million gallons of call options with a notional value of $13.6 million and a fair value of $0.1 million, 8.1 million gallons of put options with a notional value of $8.8 million and a fair value of $2 thousand, and 79.0 million net gallons of synthetic call options with an average notional value of $134.3 million and a fair value of $4.1 million. To hedge the inter-month differentials for its price-protected customers, its physical inventory on hand and inventory in transit, the Company, as of September 30, 2017, had 1.3 million gallons of purchased swap contracts with a notional value of $2.2 million and a fair value of $0.2 million, and 16.8 million gallons of sold swap contracts with a notional value of $28.5 million and a fair value of $(1.9) million that settle in future months, 5.2 million gallons of purchased future contracts that settle daily with a notional value of $8.5 million, and 11.3 million gallons of sold future contracts that settle daily with a notional value of $18.0 million. To hedge its internal fuel usage and other related activities for fiscal 2018, the Company, as of September 30, 2017, had 6.3 million gallons of swap contracts with a notional value of $9.9 million and a fair value of $1.1 million that settle in future months.

In August 2018, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements in order to mitigate exposure to market risk associated with variable rate interest on $50.0 million, or 50%, of our long term debt.  The Company has designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedging derivatives.  To the extent these derivative

F-19


instruments are effective and the standard’s documentation requirements have been met, changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income until the underlying hedged item is recognized in earnings.  As of September 30, 2018, the fair value of the swap contracts was $39 thousand. We utilized Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy of valuation techniques to determine the fair value of the swap contracts.

The Company’s derivative instruments are with the following counterparties: Bank of America, N.A., Bank of Montreal, Cargill, Inc., Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Key Bank, N.A., Regions Financial Corporation, Toronto-Dominion Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The Company assesses counterparty credit risk and considers it to be low. We maintain master netting arrangements that allow for the non-conditional offsetting of amounts receivable and payable with counterparties to help manage our risks and record derivative positions on a net basis. The Company generally does not receive cash collateral from its counterparties and does not restrict the use of cash collateral it maintains at counterparties. At September 30, 2018, the aggregate cash posted as collateral in the normal course of business at counterparties was $1.2 million. Positions with counterparties who are also parties to our Credit Agreement are collateralized under that facility. As of September 30, 2018, no hedge positions and payable amounts were secured under the credit facility.

FASB ASC 820-10 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, established a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which classified the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. The Company’s Level 1 derivative assets and liabilities represent the fair value of commodity contracts used in its hedging activities that are identical and traded in active markets. The Company’s Level 2 derivative assets and liabilities represent the fair value of commodity and interest rate contracts used in its hedging activities that are valued using either directly or indirectly observable inputs, whose nature, risk and class are similar. No significant transfers of assets or liabilities have been made into and out of the Level 1 or Level 2 tiers. All derivative instruments were non-trading positions and were either a Level 1 or Level 2 instrument. The Company had no Level 3 derivative instruments. The fair market value of our Level 1 and Level 2 derivative assets and liabilities are calculated by our counter-parties and are independently validated by the Company. The Company’s calculations are, for Level 1 derivative assets and liabilities, based on the published New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) market prices for the commodity contracts open at the end of the period. For Level 2 derivative assets and liabilities the calculations performed by the Company are based on a combination of the NYMEX published market prices and other inputs, including such factors as present value, volatility and duration.

F-20


The Company had no assets or liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their initial recognition. The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are listed on the following table.

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

Reporting Date Using:

 

Derivatives Not Designated

as Hedging Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Under FASB ASC 815-10

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives at September 30, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity contracts

 

Fair asset value

of derivative instruments

 

$

17,710

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,710

 

Commodity contracts

 

Long-term derivative assets included in

the deferred charges and other assets,

net balance

 

 

906

 

 

 

 

 

 

906

 

Commodity contract assets at September 30, 2018

 

 

 

$

18,616

 

 

$

 

 

$

18,616

 

 

 

Liability Derivatives at September 30, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity contracts

 

Fair liability and fair asset value

of derivative instruments

 

$

-

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Commodity contracts

 

Cash collateral

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity contracts

 

Long-term derivative liabilities included

in the deferred charges and other assets,

net balance

 

 

(103

)

 

 

 

 

 

(103

)

Commodity contract liabilities at September 30, 2018

 

 

 

$

(103

)

 

$

 

 

$

(103

)

 

 

Asset Derivatives at September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity contracts

 

Fair asset and fair liability value

of derivative instruments

 

$

7,729

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,729

 

Commodity contracts

 

Long-term derivative assets included in

the deferred charges and other assets, net balance

 

 

996

 

 

 

 

 

 

996

 

Commodity contract assets at September 30, 2017

 

 

 

$

8,725

 

 

$

 

 

$

8,725

 

 

 

Liability Derivatives at September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity contracts

 

Fair liability and fair asset value

of derivative instruments

 

$

(2,086

)

 

$

 

 

$

(2,086

)

Commodity contracts

 

Cash collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity contracts

 

Long-term derivative liabilities included in the deferred charges and other assets, net and other long-term liabilities balances

 

 

(731

)

 

 

 

 

 

(731

)

Commodity contract liabilities at September 30, 2017

 

 

 

$

(2,817

)

 

$

 

 

$

(2,817

)

 

F-21


The Company’s derivative assets (liabilities) offset by counterparty and subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement are listed on the following table.

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

Offsetting of Financial Assets (Liabilities)

and Derivative Assets (Liabilities)

 

Gross

Assets

Recognized

 

 

Gross

Liabilities

Offset

in the

Statement

of Financial

Position

 

 

Net Assets

(Liabilities)

Presented

in the

Statement of

Financial

Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash

Collateral

Received

 

 

Net

Amount

 

Fair asset value of derivative instruments

 

$

17,710

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,710

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,710

 

Long-term derivative assets included in other long-term assets, net

 

 

906

 

 

 

(103

)

 

 

803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

803

 

Fair liability value of derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term derivative liabilities included in other long-term liabilities, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total at September 30, 2018

 

$

18,616

 

 

$

(103

)

 

$

18,513

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

18,513

 

Fair asset value of derivative instruments

 

$

6,023

 

 

$

(91

)

 

$

5,932

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,932

 

Long-term derivative assets included in other long-term assets, net

 

 

996

 

 

 

(730

)

 

 

266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

266

 

Fair liability value of derivative instruments

 

 

1,706

 

 

 

(1,995

)

 

 

(289

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(289

)

Long-term derivative liabilities included in other long-term liabilities, net

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Total at September 30, 2017

 

$

8,725

 

 

$

(2,817

)

 

$

5,908

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,908

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of (Gain) or Loss Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

Derivatives Not

Designated as Hedging

Instruments Under FASB ASC 815-10

 

Location of (Gain) or Loss Recognized in

Income on Derivative

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Commodity contracts

 

Cost of product (a)

 

$

10,379

 

 

$

6,386

 

 

$

16,977

 

Commodity contracts

 

Cost of installations and service (a)

 

$

(726

)

 

$

(526

)

 

$

949

 

Commodity contracts

 

Delivery and branch expenses (a)

 

$

(1,403

)

 

$

(422

)

 

$

2,405

 

Commodity contracts

 

(Increase) / decrease in the fair value of derivative instruments (b)

 

$

(11,408

)

 

$

(2,193

)

 

$

(18,217

)

 

(a)

Represents realized closed positions and includes the cost of options as they expire.

(b)

Represents the change in value of unrealized open positions and expired options.

7) Inventories

The Company’s product inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value computed on the weighted average cost method. All other inventories, representing parts and equipment are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the FIFO method. The components of inventory were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Product

 

 

34,618

 

 

$

37,941

 

Parts and equipment

 

 

21,759

 

 

 

21,655

 

Total inventory

 

$

56,377

 

 

$

59,596

 

 

F-22


Product inventories were comprised of 16.3 million gallons and 24.2 million gallons on September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. The Company has market price based product supply contracts for approximately 287.0 million gallons of home heating oil and propane, and 44.8 million gallons of diesel and gasoline, which it expects to fully utilize to meet its requirements over the next twelve months.

During fiscal 2018, Global Companies LLC provided approximately 8% and during fiscal 2017, Global Companies LLC and NIC Holding Corp. provided approximately 13% and 8%, respectively, of our petroleum product purchases. No other single supplier provided more than 8% of our product supply during fiscal 2018 and 2017.

8) Property and Equipment

The components of property and equipment were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Land and land improvements

 

$

19,230

 

 

$

18,127

 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

 

 

34,557

 

 

 

34,175

 

Fleet and other equipment

 

 

66,734

 

 

 

62,500

 

Tanks and equipment

 

 

45,860

 

 

 

41,744

 

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

 

44,200

 

 

 

44,766

 

Total

 

 

210,581

 

 

 

201,312

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

122,963

 

 

 

121,639

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

87,618

 

 

$

79,673

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $12.0 million, $11.1 million, and $11.1 million, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively.

9) Business Combinations

During fiscal 2018, the Company acquired five heating oil dealers and one motor fuel dealer for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.2 million; $23.7 million in cash and $1.5 million of deferred liabilities. The gross purchase price was allocated $15.3 million to intangible assets, $7.5 million to fixed assets and $2.4 million to working capital. The acquired companies’ operating results are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements starting on their respective acquisition date, and are not material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

During fiscal 2017, the Company acquired four heating oil dealers, two propane dealers and a plumbing service provider for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $44.8 million; $43.3 million in cash and $1.5 million of deferred liabilities (including $0.6 million of contingent consideration). The gross purchase price was allocated $37.5 million to intangible assets, $10.2 million to fixed assets and reduced by $2.9 million in working capital credits. The acquired companies’ operating results are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements starting on their respective acquisition date, and are not material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

During fiscal 2016, the Company acquired a heating oil dealer, a motor fuel dealer, and two propane dealers for purchase prices aggregating approximately $9.8 million. The aggregate purchase price was allocated $5.7 million to intangible assets, $1.7 million to goodwill, $2.5 million to fixed assets, and reduced by $0.1 million for working capital credits. The acquired companies’ operating results are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements starting on their respective acquisition date, and are not material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-23


10) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The Company performs a qualitative, and when necessary quantitative, impairment test on its goodwill annually on August 31st. This qualitative assessment includes reviewing factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events. Under FASB ASC 350-10-05 Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, goodwill impairment if any, needs to be determined if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. If goodwill of a reporting unit is determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the excess of the net book value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill.

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment valuation in each of the periods ending August 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, and it was determined based on each year’s analysis that there was no goodwill impairment.

A summary of changes in the Company’s goodwill during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance as of September 30, 2016

 

$

212,760

 

Fiscal year 2017 business combinations

 

 

13,155

 

Balance as of September 30, 2017

 

 

225,915

 

Fiscal year 2018 business combinations

 

 

2,521

 

Balance as of September 30, 2018

 

$

228,436

 

 

Intangibles, net

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Net

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Net

 

Customer lists

 

$

358,776

 

 

$

279,990

 

 

$

78,786

 

 

$

346,784

 

 

$

264,632

 

 

$

82,152

 

Trade names and other intangibles

 

 

32,739

 

 

 

13,081

 

 

 

19,658

 

 

 

32,047

 

 

 

8,981

 

 

 

23,066

 

Total

 

$

391,515

 

 

$

293,071

 

 

$

98,444

 

 

$

378,831

 

 

$

273,613

 

 

$

105,218

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $19.6 million, $16.7 million, and $15.4 million, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Total estimated annual amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization, for the year ended September 30, 2019 and the four succeeding fiscal years ended September 30, is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Amount

 

2019

 

$

18,170

 

2020

 

$

16,527

 

2021

 

$

14,020

 

2022

 

$

12,003

 

2023

 

$

10,850

 

 

F-24


11) Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

The components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Accrued wages and benefits

 

 

25,712

 

 

$

24,425

 

Accrued insurance

 

 

77,890

 

 

 

67,712

 

Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

12,834

 

 

 

16,312

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

116,436

 

 

$

108,449

 

 

12) Long-Term Debt and Bank Facility Borrowings

 

The Company's debt is as follows

 

September 30,

 

(in thousands):

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Fair Value (a)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

Revolving Credit Facility Borrowings

 

$

1,500

 

 

$

1,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Senior Secured Term Loan (b)

 

 

99,280

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

75,717

 

 

 

76,300

 

Total debt

 

$

100,780

 

 

$

101,500

 

 

$

75,717

 

 

$

76,300

 

Total short-term portion of debt

 

$

9,000

 

 

$

9,000

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

$

10,000

 

Total long-term portion of debt

 

$

91,780

 

 

$

92,500

 

 

$

65,717

 

 

$

66,300

 

 

 

(a)

The face amount of the Company’s variable rate long-term debt approximates fair value.   

 

(b)

Carrying amounts are net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.7 million as of September 30, 2018 and $0.6 million as of September 30, 2017.

On July 2, 2018, the Company refinanced its five-year term loan and the revolving credit facility with the execution of the fourth amended and restated revolving credit facility agreement with a bank syndicate comprised of twelve participants, which enables the Company to borrow up to $300 million ($450 million during the heating season of December through April of each year) on a revolving credit facility for working capital purposes (subject to certain borrowing base limitations and coverage ratios), provides for a $100 million five-year senior secured term loan (“Term Loan”), allows for the issuance of up to $25 million in letters of credit, and has a maturity date of July 2, 2023.

The Company can increase the revolving credit facility size by $200 million without the consent of the bank group. However, the bank group is not obligated to fund the $200 million increase. If the bank group elects not to fund the increase, the Company can add additional lenders to the group, with the consent of the Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Obligations under the fourth amended and restated credit facility are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries and are secured by liens on substantially all of the Company’s assets including accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles, real property, fixtures and equipment.

All amounts outstanding under the fourth amended and restated revolving credit facility become due and payable on the facility termination date of July 2, 2023. The Term Loan is repayable in quarterly payments of $2.5 million with first payment due December 31, 2018, plus an annual payment equal to 25% of the annual Excess Cash Flow as defined in the agreement (an amount not to exceed $15 million annually), less certain voluntary prepayments made during the year, with final payment at maturity. The Company does not expect to make additional term loan repayments due to Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

The interest rate on the fourth amended and restated revolving credit facility and the term loan is based on a margin over LIBOR or a base rate. At September 30, 2018, the effective interest rate on the term loan and revolving credit facility borrowings was approximately 5.2% and 3.8%, respectively. At September 30, 2017, the effective

F-25


interest rate on the term loan was approximately 4.1%. There were no revolving credit facility borrowings in fiscal 2017.

The Commitment Fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility is 0.30% from December through April, and 0.20% from May through November.

The fourth amended and restated credit agreement requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants, including a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of not less than 1.1 as long as the Term Loan is outstanding or revolving credit facility availability is less than 12.5% of the facility size. In addition, as long as the Term Loan is outstanding, a senior secured leverage ratio at any time cannot be more than 3.0 as calculated during the quarters ending June or September, and at any time no more than 4.5 as calculated during the quarters ending December or March.

Certain restrictions are also imposed by the agreement, including restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, to pay distributions to unitholders, to pay certain inter-company dividends or distributions, make investments, grant liens, sell assets, make acquisitions and engage in certain other activities.

At September 30, 2018, $100.0 million of the term loan was outstanding, $1.5 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility, no hedge positions were secured under the Credit Agreement, and $7.1 million of letters of credit were issued and outstanding. At September 30, 2017, $76.3 million of the term loan under the third amended and restated revolving credit facility agreement was outstanding, no amount was outstanding under the respective revolving credit facility, $0.1 million of hedge positions were secured, and $48.0 million of letters of credit were issued and outstanding.

At September 30, 2018, availability was $189.0 million, the Company was in compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio and the senior secured leverage ratio, and the restricted net assets totaled approximately $299.8 million. Restricted net assets are assets in the Company’s subsidiaries, the distribution or transfer of which to Star Group, L.P. are subject to limitations under its Credit Agreement. At September 30, 2017, availability was $166.1 million, the Company was in compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio and the senior secured leverage ratio, and the restricted net assets totaled approximately $296.2 million.

As of September 30, 2018, the maturities (including working capital borrowings and expected repayments due to Excess Cash Flow) during fiscal years ending September 30, are set forth in the following table (in thousands):

 

2019

 

$

9,000

 

2020

 

$

10,000

 

2021

 

$

10,000

 

2022

 

$

10,000

 

2023

 

$

62,500

 

Thereafter

 

$

 

 

13) Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company has several 401(k) and other defined contribution plans that cover eligible non-union and union employees, and makes employer contributions to these plans, subject to IRS limitations. These plans provide for each participant to contribute from 0% to 60% of compensation, subject to IRS limitations. The Company’s aggregate contributions to the 401(k) plans during fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, were $6.7 million, $6.3 million, and $6.0 million, respectively. The Company’s aggregate contribution to the other defined contribution plans for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, were $0.6 million, $0.7 million, and $0.7 million respectively.

F-26


Management Incentive Compensation Plan

The Company has a Management Incentive Compensation Plan (“the Plan”). The long-term compensation structure is intended to align the employee’s performance with the long-term performance of our unitholders. Under the Plan, certain named employees who participate shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of an amount in cash equal to:

 

50% of the distributions (“Incentive Distributions”) of Available Cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.0675 per unit otherwise distributable to Kestrel Heat pursuant to the Company Agreement on account of its general partner units; and

 

50% of the cash proceeds (the “Gains Interest”) which Kestrel Heat shall receive from the sale of its general partner units (as defined in the Partnership Agreement), less expenses and applicable taxes.

The pro rata share payable to each participant under the Plan is based on the number of participation points as described under “Fiscal 2015 Compensation Decisions—Management Incentive Compensation Plan.” The amount paid in Incentive Distributions is governed by the Partnership Agreement and the calculation of Available Cash.

To fund the benefits under the Plan, Kestrel Heat has agreed to forego receipt of the amount of Incentive Distributions that are payable to plan participants. For accounting purposes, amounts payable to management under this Plan will be treated as compensation and will reduce net income. Kestrel Heat has also agreed to contribute to the Company, as a contribution to capital, an amount equal to the Gains Interest payable to participants in the Plan by the Company. The Company is not required to reimburse Kestrel Heat for amounts payable pursuant to the Plan.

The Plan is administered by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer under the direction of the Board or by such other officer as the Board may from time to time direct. In general, no payments will be made under the Plan if the Company is not distributing cash under the Incentive Distributions described above.

In fiscal 2012, the Board of Directors adopted certain amendments (the “Plan Amendments”) to the Plan. Under the Plan Amendments, the number and identity of the Plan participants and their participation interests in the Plan have been frozen at the current levels. In addition, under the Plan Amendments, the plan benefits (to the extent vested) may be transferred upon the death of a participant to his or her heirs. A participant’s vested percentage of his or her plan benefits will be 100% during the time a participant is an employee or consultant of the Company. Following the termination of such positions, a participant’s vested percentage is equal to 20% for each full or partial year of employment or consultation with the Company starting with the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 (33 1/3% in the case of the Company’s chief executive officer at that time).

The Company distributed to management and the general partner Incentive Distributions of approximately $1,199,000 during fiscal 2018, $963,000 during fiscal 2017, and $795,000 during fiscal 2016. Included in these amounts for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, were distributions under the management incentive compensation plan of $600,000, $481,000, and $397,000, respectively, of which named executive officers received approximately $267,082 during fiscal 2018, $214,378 during fiscal 2017, and $177,034 during fiscal 2016. With regard to the Gains Interest, Kestrel Heat has not given any indication that it will sell its general partner units within the next twelve months. Thus the Plan’s value attributable to the Gains Interest currently cannot be determined.

Multiemployer Pension Plans

At September 30, 2018, approximately 43% of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements and approximately 9% of our employees are in collective bargaining agreements that are up for renewal within the next fiscal year. We contribute to various multiemployer union administered pension plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreements that provide for such plans for covered union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in that assets contributed are pooled and may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the remaining participating employers may be required to bear the unfunded obligations of the plan. If we choose to stop participating in a multiemployer plan, we may be required to pay a withdrawal liability in part based on the underfunded status of the plan.

F-27


The following table outlines our participation and contributions to multiemployer pension plans for the periods ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016. The EIN/Pension Plan Number column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number. The most recent Pension Protection Act Zone Status for 2018 and 2017 relates to the plans’ two most recent fiscal year-ends, based on information received from the plans as reported on their Form 5500 Schedule MB. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded and are designated as critical or critical and declining, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded and are designated as endangered, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. Certain plans have been aggregated in the All Other Multiemployer Pension Plans line of the following table, as our participation in each of these individual plans is not significant.

For the Westchester Teamsters Pension Fund, Local 553 Pension Fund and Local 463 Pension Fund, we provided more than 5 percent of the total plan contributions from all employers for 2018 and 2017, and for the Westchester Teamsters Pension Fund and Local 553 Pension Fund we provided more than 5 percent of the total plan contributions from all employers for 2016, as disclosed in the respective plan’s Form 5500. The collective bargaining agreements of these plans require contributions based on the hours worked and there are no minimum contributions required.

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Protection

Act Zone

Status

 

FIP / RP Status

 

Partnership

Contributions

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Fund

 

EIN

/ Pension Plan

Number

 

2018

 

2017

 

Pending / Implemented

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Surcharge

Imposed

 

Expiration Date

of Collective-

Bargaining

Agreements

New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund

 

04-6372430

/ 001

 

Red

 

Red

 

Yes / Implemented

 

$

2,455

 

 

$

2,621

 

 

$

2,507

 

 

No

 

9/30/18 to 4/30/2021

Westchester Teamsters Pension Fund

 

13-6123973

/ 001

 

Green

 

Green

 

N/A

 

 

846

 

 

 

924

 

 

 

865

 

 

No

 

1/31/19 to 12/31/19

Local 553 Pension Fund

 

13-6637826

/ 001

 

Green

 

Green

 

N/A

 

 

2,888

 

 

 

2,780

 

 

 

2,645

 

 

No

 

12/15/19 to 1/15/20

Local 463 Pension Fund

 

11-1800729

/ 001

 

Green

 

Green

 

N/A

 

 

145

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

148

 

 

No

 

2/28/2020

All Other Multiemployer Pension Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,807

 

 

 

2,465

 

 

 

2,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Contributions

 

$

9,141

 

 

$

8,940

 

 

$

8,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement with the New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund

In fiscal 2015, the Teamsters ratified an agreement among certain subsidiaries of the Company and the New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund (“the NETTI Fund”), a multiemployer pension plan in which such subsidiaries participate, providing for the Company’s participating subsidiaries to withdraw from the NETTI Fund’s original employer pool and enter the NETTI Fund’s new employer pool. The withdrawal from the original employer pool triggered an undiscounted withdrawal obligation of $48.0 million that is to be paid in equal monthly installments over 30 years, or $1.6 million per year.

The NETTI Fund includes over two hundred of our current employees and has been classified as carrying “red zone” status, meaning that the value of NETTI Fund’s assets are less than 65% of the actuarial value of the NETTI Fund’s benefit obligations.

F-28


As of September 30, 2018, we had $0.2 million and $17.1 million balances included in the captions accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet representing the remaining balance of the NETTI withdrawal liability. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for long-term financing of a similar maturity, the fair value of the NETTI withdrawal liability as of September 30, 2018 was $21.4 million. We utilized Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy of valuation techniques to determine the fair value of this liability.

Our status in the newly-established pool of the NETTI Fund is accounted for as participation in a new multiemployer pension plan, and therefore we recognize expense based on the contractually-required contribution for each period, and we recognize a liability for any contributions due and unpaid at the end of a reporting period.

Defined Benefit Plans

The Company accounts for its two frozen defined benefit pension plans (“the Plan”) in accordance with FASB ASC 715-10-05 Compensation-Retirement Benefits. The Company has no post-retirement benefit plans.

Effective September 30, 2018, the Company adopted the Society of Actuaries 2018 Mortality Tables Report and Improvement Scale, which updated the mortality assumptions that private defined benefit retirement plans in the United States use in the actuarial valuations that determine a plan sponsor’s pension obligations. The updated mortality data reflects higher mortality improvement than assumed in the Society of Actuaries 2017 Mortality Table Report and Improvement Scale, and affected plans generally expect the value of the actuarial obligations to decrease, depending on the specific demographic characteristics of the plan participants and the types of benefits.

The following table provides the net periodic benefit cost for the period, a reconciliation of the changes in the Plan assets, projected benefit obligations, and the amounts recognized in other comprehensive income and

F-29


accumulated other comprehensive income at the dates indicated using a measurement date of September 30 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Pension

 

 

 

Net Periodic

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related

 

 

 

Pension

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Cost in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension

 

 

Projected

 

 

Other

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

 

Benefit

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Comprehensive

 

Debit / (Credit)

 

Statement

 

 

Cash

 

 

Assets

 

 

Obligation

 

 

(Income) / Loss

 

 

Income

 

Fiscal Year 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

63,788

 

 

$

(67,121

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

24,771

 

Interest cost

 

 

2,622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,622

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

(8,595

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,124

)

 

 

4,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment and other expenses

 

 

(362

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Difference between actual and expected return on plan assets

 

 

5,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,579

)

 

 

 

 

Anticipated expenses

 

 

319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(319

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,103

)

 

 

5,103

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

 

2,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,591

)

 

 

 

 

Annual cost/change

 

$

2,154

 

 

$

(17

)

 

 

4,488

 

 

 

(3,558

)

 

$

(3,067

)

 

 

(3,067

)

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

68,276

 

 

$

(70,679

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

21,704

 

Funded status at the end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(2,403

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

2,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,251

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

(1,473

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(505

)

 

 

505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,578

)

 

 

4,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment and other expenses

 

 

(455

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Difference between actual and expected return on plan assets

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,232

 

 

 

 

 

Anticipated expenses

 

 

341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(341

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,457

 

 

 

(2,457

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

 

2,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,131

)

 

 

 

 

Annual cost/change

 

$

1,563

 

 

$

(505

)

 

 

(2,600

)

 

 

4,898

 

 

$

(3,356

)

 

 

(3,356

)

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

65,676

 

 

$

(65,781

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,348

 

Funded status at the end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(105

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

2,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(942

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,653

)

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,463

)

 

 

4,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment and other expenses

 

 

(394

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Difference between actual and expected return on plan assets

 

 

(3,705

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,705

 

 

 

 

 

Anticipated expenses

 

 

328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(328

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,989

 

 

 

(3,989

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

 

1,791

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,791

)

 

 

 

 

Annual cost/change

 

$

1,241

 

 

$

(1,653

)

 

 

(3,752

)

 

 

6,239

 

 

$

(2,075

)

 

 

(2,075

)

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

61,924

 

 

$

(59,542

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,273

 

Funded status at the end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-30


At September 30, 2018 the amounts included in the balance sheet in deferred charges and other assets were $2.4 million, and at September 30, 2017 the amounts included on the balance sheet in other long-term liabilities were $0.1 million.

The $16.3 million net actuarial loss balance at September 30, 2018 for the two frozen defined benefit pension plans in accumulated other comprehensive income will be recognized and amortized into net periodic pension costs as an actuarial loss in future years. The estimated amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year is $1.8 million.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used in the Measurement of the Partnership’s Benefit Obligation

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Discount rate at year end date

 

4.15%

 

 

3.60%

 

 

3.30%

 

Expected return on plan assets for the year ended

 

4.86%

 

 

4.80%

 

 

5.50%

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

The expected return on plan assets is determined based on the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the market-related value of plan assets determined using fair value.

The Company’s expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is updated at least annually, taking into consideration our asset allocation, historical returns on the types of assets held, and the current economic environment. For fiscal year 2019, the Company’s assumption for return on plan assets will be 4.7% per annum.

The discount rate used to determine net periodic pension expense for fiscal year 2018, 2017, and 2016 was 4.15%, 3.60%,  and 3.30%, , respectively. The discount rate used by the Company in determining pension expense and pension obligations reflects the yield of high quality (AA or better rating by a recognized rating agency) corporate bonds whose cash flows are expected to match the timing and amounts of projected future benefit payments.

The Plan’s objectives are to have the ability to pay benefit and expense obligations when due, to maintain the funded ratio of the Plan, to maximize return within reasonable and prudent levels of risk in order to minimize contributions and charges to the profit and loss statement, and to control costs of administering the Plan and managing the investments of the Plan. The target asset allocation of the Plan (currently 90% domestic fixed income, 7% domestic equities and 2% international equities and 1% cash and cash equivalents) is based on a long-term perspective, and as the Plan gets closer to being fully funded, the allocations have been adjusted to lower volatility from equity holdings.

The Company had no Level 2 or Level 3 pension plan assets during the two years ended September 30, 2018. The fair values and percentage of the Company’s pension plan assets by asset category are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concentration

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concentration

 

Asset Category

 

Level 1

 

 

Percentage

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Percentage

 

Corporate and U.S. government bond fund (1)

 

$

55,908

 

 

90%

 

 

$

52,735

 

 

 

80

%

U.S. large-cap equity (1)

 

 

4,566

 

 

7%

 

 

 

9,270

 

 

 

14

%

International equity (1)

 

 

1,129

 

 

2%

 

 

 

3,063

 

 

 

5

%

Cash

 

 

321

 

 

1%

 

 

 

608

 

 

 

1

%

Total

 

$

61,924

 

 

100%

 

 

$

65,676

 

 

 

100

%

 

(1)

Represent investments in Vanguard funds that seek to replicate the asset category description.

The Company is not obligated to make a minimum required contribution in fiscal year 2019, and currently does not expect to make an optional pension contribution.

F-31


Expected benefit payments over each of the next five years will total approximately $4.4 million per year. Expected benefit payments for the five years thereafter will aggregate approximately $19.0 million.

14) Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was enacted into law.  The Tax Reform Act is a complicated piece of legislation that, among other provisions, contains several key provisions which impact the Company, especially the reduction of the Federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. In addition, between September 28, 2017 and December 31, 2022, the Tax Reform Act allows for the full depreciation, in the year acquired, for certain fixed assets purchased in that year (also known as 100% bonus depreciation).

Given the significance and complexity of the legislation, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period” similar to that used when accounting for business combinations. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared or analyzed.  As of September, 30, 2018 the accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act has been completed.  The re-measurement of the deferred tax assets and liabilities resulted in an $11.1 million discrete tax benefit recorded as of September 30, 2018.  

Income tax expense is comprised of the following for the indicated periods (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(6,067

)

 

$

7,578

 

 

$

18,724

 

State

 

 

(1,016

)

 

 

2,664

 

 

 

5,344

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

11,052

 

 

 

8,775

 

 

 

7,485

 

State

 

 

3,633

 

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

2,185

 

 

 

$

7,602

 

 

$

20,376

 

 

$

33,738

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from income taxes computed at the Federal statutory rate as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Income from continuing operations before taxes

 

$

63,107

 

 

$

47,276

 

 

$

78,672

 

Provision for income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax at Federal statutory rate

 

$

17,266

 

 

$

16,546

 

 

$

27,535

 

Effect of the tax reform on deferred taxes

 

 

(11,101

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of Partnership loss not subject to federal income taxes

 

 

53

 

 

 

741

 

 

 

477

 

State taxes net of federal benefit

 

 

1,864

 

 

 

3,170

 

 

 

5,672

 

Permanent differences

 

 

99

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

80

 

Change in valuation allowance net of effect of the tax reform

 

 

107

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

26

 

Other

 

 

(686

)

 

 

(285

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

$

7,602

 

 

$

20,376

 

 

$

33,738

 

 

The Tax at Federal statutory rate is determined based on income from continuing operations before tax and the enacted Federal statutory rate.  For fiscal 2016, 2017, and first quarter of fiscal 2018 the Federal statutory rate was

F-32


35%.  For the remainder of fiscal 2018 the Federal statutory rate was 21%.  In fiscal 2018 income from continuing operations before tax was $28.7 million in the first quarter, and $34.4 million for the remainder of the fiscal year.

The components of the net deferred taxes for the years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 using current tax rates are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

6,647

 

 

$

5,374

 

Vacation accrual

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

3,542

 

Pension accrual

 

 

4,425

 

 

 

7,455

 

Allowance for bad debts

 

 

2,226

 

 

 

2,166

 

Insurance accrual

 

 

2,425

 

 

 

19,914

 

Inventory capitalization

 

 

350

 

 

 

895

 

Other, net

 

 

1,382

 

 

 

2,242

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

20,113

 

 

 

41,588

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(3,980

)

 

 

(3,168

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

16,133

 

 

$

38,420

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

$

9,783

 

 

$

8,001

 

Fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

4,673

 

 

 

1,683

 

Intangibles

 

 

22,883

 

 

 

34,876

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

37,339

 

 

$

44,560

 

Net deferred taxes

 

$

(21,206

)

 

$

(6,140

)

 

In order to fully realize the net deferred tax assets, the Company’s corporate subsidiaries will need to generate future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence including historical tax losses, it is more likely than not that some or all of deferred tax assets will not be realized. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 was an increase of $0.8 million, the majority of which relates to the effect of tax reform on deferred taxes. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 was an increase of $0.1 million. Based upon a review of a number of factors and all available evidence, including recent historical operating performance, the expectation of sustainable earnings, and the confidence that sufficient positive taxable income will continue in all tax jurisdictions for the foreseeable future, management concludes for the year ended September 30, 2018, it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the full benefit of its deferred tax assets, net of existing valuation allowance at September 30, 2018.

 

As of January 1, 2018, the Company had State tax effected net operating loss carry forwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $3.7 million after consideration of valuation allowances.  The State NOLs, which will expire between 2023 and 2037, are generally available to offset any future taxable income in certain states

FASB ASC 740-10-05-6 Income Taxes, Uncertain Tax Position, provides financial statement accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes and tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. At September 30, 2018, we did not have unrecognized income tax benefits.

Our continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. We file U.S. Federal income tax returns and various state and local returns. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally resolved. For our Federal income tax returns we have four tax years subject to examination. In our major state tax jurisdictions of New York, Connecticut, and Pennsylvania we have four years that are subject to examination. In the state tax jurisdiction of New Jersey we have five tax years that are subject to examination. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, based on our assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretation of tax law, we believe that our provision for income taxes reflect the most probable

F-33


outcome. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events.

15) Lease Commitments

The Company has entered into certain operating leases for office space, trucks and other equipment. The future minimum rental commitments at September 30, 2018 under operating leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable term of one year or more are as follows (in thousands):

 

2019

 

 

21,548

 

2020

 

 

19,351

 

2021

 

 

16,808

 

2022

 

 

13,133

 

2023

 

 

10,035

 

Thereafter

 

 

46,679

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

$

127,554

 

 

Rent expense for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, was $23.3 million, $21.4 million, and $19.7 million, respectively.

16) Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes, net

 

$

2,569

 

 

$

4,434

 

 

$

22,570

 

Interest

 

$

8,925

 

 

$

7,814

 

 

$

7,785

 

 

17) Commitments and Contingencies

On April 18, 2017, a civil action was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York, entitled M. Norman Donnenfeld v. Petro, Inc., Civil Action Number 2:17-cv-2310-JFB-SIL, against Petro, Inc. By amended complaint filed on August 15, 2017, the Plaintiff alleges he did not receive expected contractual benefits under his protected price plan contract when oil prices fell and asserts various claims for relief including breach of contract, violation of the New York General Business Law and fraudulent inducement. The Plaintiff also seeks to have a class certified of similarly situated Petro customers who entered into protected price plan contracts and were denied the same contractual benefits. No class has yet been certified in this action. The Plaintiff seeks compensatory, punitive and other damages in unspecified amounts.   On September 15, 2017, Petro filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint as time-barred and for failure to state a cause of action.  On September 12, 2018, the district court granted in part and denied in part Petro's motion to dismiss.  The district court dismissed the Plaintiff's claims for breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing and fraudulent inducement, but declined to dismiss the Plaintiff's remaining claims.  The district court granted the Plaintiff leave to amend to attempt to replead his fraudulent inducement claim.  On October 10, 2018, the Plaintiff filed a second amended complaint.  The second amended complaint attempts to replead a fraudulent inducement claim and is otherwise substantially similar or identical to the prior complaint.  On November 13, 2018, Petro moved to dismiss the fraudulent inducement and unjust enrichment claims in the second amended complaint.  Oral argument on Petro's motion is set for January 9, 2019.  The Company believes the allegations lack merit and intends to vigorously defend the action; at this time we cannot assess the potential outcome or materiality of this matter.

The Company’s operations are subject to the operating hazards and risks normally incidental to handling, storing and transporting and otherwise providing for use by consumers hazardous liquids such as home heating oil and propane. In the ordinary course of business, the Company is a defendant in various legal proceedings and litigation. The Company records a liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. We do not believe these matters, when considered individually or in the aggregate, could

F-34


reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

The Company maintains insurance policies with insurers in amounts and with coverages and deductibles we believe are reasonable and prudent. However, the Company cannot assure that this insurance will be adequate to protect it from all material expenses related to current and potential future claims, legal proceedings and litigation, including the above mentioned action, as certain types of claims may be excluded from our insurance coverage. If we incur substantial liability and the damages are not covered by insurance, or are in excess of policy limits, or if we incur liability at a time when we are not able to obtain liability insurance, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

18) Earnings per Limited Partner Units

The following table presents the net income allocation and per unit data in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10-45-60 Earnings per Share, Master Limited Partnerships (EITF 03-06):

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Limited Partner:

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands, except per unit data)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income

 

$

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

Less General Partners’ interest in net income

 

 

314

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

252

 

Net income available to limited partners

 

 

55,191

 

 

 

26,744

 

 

 

44,682

 

Less dilutive impact of theoretical distribution of

   earnings under FASB ASC 260-10-45-60 *

 

 

6,340

 

 

 

914

 

 

 

4,534

 

Limited Partner’s interest in net income

   under FASB ASC 260-10-45-60

 

$

48,851

 

 

$

25,830

 

 

$

40,148

 

Per unit data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income available to limited partners

 

$

1.01

 

 

$

0.48

 

 

$

0.78

 

Less dilutive impact of theoretical distribution of

   earnings under FASB ASC 260-10-45-60 *

 

 

0.12

 

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

0.08

 

Limited Partner’s interest in net income under

   FASB ASC 260-10-45-60

 

$

0.89

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.70

 

Weighted average number of Limited Partner units outstanding

 

 

54,764

 

 

 

55,888

 

 

 

57,022

 

 

*

In any accounting period where the Company’s aggregate net income exceeds its aggregate distribution for such period, the Company is required as per FASB ASC 260-10-45-60 to present net income per limited partner unit as if all of the earnings for the period were distributed, based on the terms of the Partnership agreement, regardless of whether those earnings would actually be distributed during a particular period from an economic or practical perspective. This allocation does not impact the Company’s overall net income or other financial results.

F-35


19) Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dec. 31,

 

 

Mar. 31,

 

 

Jun. 30,

 

 

Sep. 30,

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands - except per unit data)

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2018

 

 

2018

 

 

Total

 

Sales

 

$

436,834

 

 

$

684,031

 

 

$

327,354

 

 

$

229,618

 

 

$

1,677,837

 

Gross profit for product, installation and service

 

 

124,499

 

 

 

216,079

 

 

 

79,377

 

 

 

43,387

 

 

 

463,342

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

31,066

 

 

 

85,473

 

 

 

(8,817

)

 

 

(41,654

)

 

 

66,068

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

28,670

 

 

 

82,783

 

 

 

(11,421

)

 

 

(36,925

)

 

 

63,107

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

30,182

 

 

 

54,778

 

 

 

(8,005

)

 

 

(21,450

)

 

 

55,505

 

Limited Partner interest in net income (loss)

 

 

30,007

 

 

 

54,459

 

 

 

(7,956

)

 

 

(21,319

)

 

 

55,191

 

Net income (loss) per Limited Partner unit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted (a)

 

$

0.45

 

 

$

0.81

 

 

$

(0.15

)

 

 

(0.40

)

 

$

0.89

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dec. 31,

 

 

Mar. 31,

 

 

Jun. 30,

 

 

Sep. 30,

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands - except per unit data)

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2017

 

 

2017

 

 

Total

 

Sales

 

$

384,118

 

 

$

532,052

 

 

$

225,801

 

 

$

181,584

 

 

$

1,323,555

 

Gross profit for product, installation and service

 

 

118,038

 

 

 

184,685

 

 

 

63,309

 

 

 

42,467

 

 

 

408,499

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

33,237

 

 

 

69,032

 

 

 

(19,811

)

 

 

(27,126

)

 

 

55,332

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

31,138

 

 

 

66,996

 

 

 

(21,766

)

 

 

(29,092

)

 

 

47,276

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

18,275

 

 

 

39,704

 

 

 

(13,332

)

 

 

(17,747

)

 

 

26,900

 

Limited Partner interest in net income (loss)

 

 

18,170

 

 

 

39,471

 

 

 

(13,253

)

 

 

(17,644

)

 

 

26,744

 

Net income (loss) per Limited Partner unit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted (a)

 

$

0.28

 

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

(0.24

)

 

$

(0.32

)

 

$

0.46

 

 

(a)

The sum of the quarters do not add-up to the total due to the weighting of Limited Partner Units outstanding, rounding or the theoretical effects of FASB ASC 260-10-45-60 to Master Limited Partners earnings per unit.

20) Subsequent Events

Quarterly Distribution Declared

In October 2018, we declared a quarterly distribution of $0.1175 per unit, or $0.47 per unit on an annualized basis, on all Common Units with respect to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, paid on November 6, 2018, to holders of record on October 29, 2018. The amount of distributions in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.0675, were distributed in accordance with our Partnership Agreement, subject to management incentive compensation plan. As a result, $6.2 million was paid to the Common Unit holders, $0.2 million to the General Partner unit holders (including $0.17 million of incentive distribution as provided in our Partnership Agreement) and $0.2 million to management pursuant to the management incentive compensation plan which provides for certain members of management to receive incentive distributions that would otherwise be payable to the General Partner.

F-36


Schedule I

STAR GROUP, L.P. (PARENT COMPANY)

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

 

 

 

September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

54

 

 

$

54

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

217

 

 

 

207

 

Total current assets

 

 

271

 

 

 

261

 

Investment in subsidiaries (a)

 

 

309,541

 

 

 

306,016

 

Total Assets

 

$

309,812

 

 

$

306,277

 

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

27

 

 

$

209

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

27

 

 

 

209

 

Partners’ capital

 

 

309,785

 

 

 

306,068

 

Total Liabilities and Partners’ Capital

 

$

309,812

 

 

$

306,277

 

 

(a)

Investments in Star Acquisitions, Inc. and subsidiaries are recorded in accordance with the equity method of accounting.

F-37


Schedule I

STAR GROUP, L.P. (PARENT COMPANY)

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Statements of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

1,647

 

 

 

2,116

 

 

 

1,363

 

Operating loss

 

 

(1,647

)

 

 

(2,116

)

 

 

(1,363

)

Net loss before equity income

 

 

(1,647

)

 

 

(2,116

)

 

 

(1,363

)

Equity income of Star Acquisitions Inc. and subs

 

 

57,152

 

 

 

29,016

 

 

 

46,297

 

Net income

 

$

55,505

 

 

$

26,900

 

 

$

44,934

 

 

F-38


Schedule I

STAR GROUP, L.P. (PARENT COMPANY)

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

 

 

 

Years Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities (a)

 

$

52,317

 

 

$

24,052

 

 

$

35,109

 

Cash flows provided by investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

 

(25,603

)

 

 

(24,322

)

 

 

(23,092

)

Unit repurchase

 

 

(26,714

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12,017

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(52,317

)

 

 

(24,322

)

 

 

(35,109

)

Net decrease in cash

 

 

 

 

 

(270

)

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

54

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

324

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

54

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes distributions from subsidiaries

 

$

52,317

 

 

$

24,052

 

 

$

35,109

 

 

F-39


STAR GROUP, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Years Ended September 30, 2018, 2017, 2016

(in thousands)

 

Year

 

Description

 

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

 

 

Charged

to Costs &

Expenses

 

 

Other

Changes

Add (Deduct)

 

Balance at

End of Year

 

2018

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

5,540

 

 

$

6,283

 

 

$

(3,821

)

(a)

 

$

8,002

 

2017

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

4,419

 

 

$

1,639

 

 

$

(518

)

(a)

 

$

5,540

 

2016

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

6,713

 

 

$

(639

)

 

$

(1,655

)

(a)

 

$

4,419

 

 

(a)

Bad debts written off (net of recoveries).

F-40